<rss xmlns:a10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0"><channel><title>Filtered-Insights</title><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/rss/insights</link><description>Filtered insights</description><language>fr</language><copyright>© 2025 Borden Ladner Gervais S.E.N.C.R.L., S.R.L. («BLG»). Tous droits réservés</copyright><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{EE004BEC-76A9-4ED4-890C-0D412F148C43}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/federal-financial-institutions-legislative-and-regulatory-reporter-june-2026</link><title>Federal Financial Institutions Legislative and Regulatory Reporter – June 2026</title><description>&lt;p&gt;The Reporter provides a monthly summary of Canadian federal legislative and regulatory developments of  relevance to federally regulated financial institutions. It does not address  Canadian provincial financial services legislative and regulatory developments.  In addition, purely technical and administrative changes (such as changes to  reporting forms) are not covered.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: left;"&gt;June  2026&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;table&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;
            &lt;strong&gt;Published&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title    and Brief Summary&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Status    (if applicable)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;O&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;ffice of the Superintendent of    Financial Institutions (OSFI)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 25, 2026 &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/data-forms/applications-approvals/streamlined-approvals-framework-targeted-new-entrants"&gt;Streamlined Approvals Framework for Targeted New    Entrants&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has launched a streamlined approvals    framework for targeted new entrants. It is intended to give eligible new    entrants, including entities with innovative or emerging banking models and    credit unions, a quicker, clearer, and more predictable path to becoming    federally regulated financial institutions.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The new framework would move applicants through three phases, from an early    readiness assessment to ministerial approval and commencement of operations.    Each phase has a defined timeline. A public dashboard will show application    status throughout the approval process.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has provided eligibility criteria for targeted new entrants,    overviews of the application process and application assessment process, and    an application toolkit of required documents, guides and forms. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    19, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/news/osfi-lowers-domestic-stability-buffer-30-so-canadas-largest-banks-can-deploy-more-capital"&gt;OSFI Lowers Domestic Stability Buffer to 3.0 per cent    so Canada's Largest Banks Can Deploy More Capital&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has announced that it is    lowering the Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) to 3.0% from 3.5% of    total risk-weighted assets.  &lt;br /&gt;
            This is the first change in the DSB level since June 2023. In    addition, OSFI is lowering the range of the DSB to 0 to 3% from 0 to 4%. OSFI    expects all domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) to target a Common    Equity Tier 1 ratio of at least 11.0% of total risk-weighted assets. In    addition, OSFI is lowering the range of the DSB to 0% to 3% from 0% to 4%.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI provides additional background information on the decision in a &lt;a href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/supervision/financial-institutions/banks/domestic-stability-buffer/domestic-stability-buffer-decision-summary-note-june-2026" title="Domestic Stability Buffer – Decision Summary Note – June 2026"&gt;Decision Summary    Note&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;DSB took effect June 19, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    4, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/about-osfi/progress-our-initiatives/modernizing-we-collect-data-institutions"&gt;Modernizing How We Collect Data From Institutions&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI’s Data Collection Modernization initiative, which runs from May    2023 to April 2028, is intended to modernize its regulatory data collection    technology platform, and to advance prioritized data initiatives and enhance    data quality. Its new platform, called Regulatory Data Hub (RDH), will go    live late in the fall of 2026, and will be implemented in phases until spring    2028.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;As part of its industry engagement initiative, OSFI is launching a Basel    Capital Adequacy Reporting (BCAR) Working Group in September 2026; it is    soliciting participation from stakeholders in banks and loan and trust    companies.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Stakeholders interested in participating in BCAR Working Group should    register by August 14, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Bank of Canada&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    29, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.bankofcanada.ca/2026/06/reminder-psp-reporting-obligations-under-rpaa/"&gt;Reminder: PSP    Reporting Obligations Under the RPAA&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.bankofcanada.ca/2026/06/reminder-psp-reporting-obligations-under-rpaa/"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;The Bank of Canada has issued a communication to remind all payment    service providers (PSPs) registered under the &lt;em&gt;Retail Payment Activities    Act&lt;/em&gt; (RPAA) of their ongoing reporting obligations. Responsibilities are    listed under the following headings, with links to relevant policies and    guidance:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Incident reporting: PSPs must report any    incident they become aware of that has a material impact on an end user, a    payment service provider or a clearing house of a clearing and settlement    system. &lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Significant change or new activity reports: PSPs    are required to notify the Bank of any significant change to their operations    if the change could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on    operational risks or the manner in which end-user funds are safeguarded, or    before performing a new retail payment activity. Notification is required at    least 5 business days before the change is made.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Reporting changes to registration information: PSPs must    inform the Bank whenever there is a change, or anticipated change, to certain    information the PSP provided during the registration process.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Acquisitions of control and prescribed changes: PSPs are    required to submit a new application for registration, and become    re-registered under that new application, before making certain changes to    their organizational structure.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Annual reports: PSPs must submit an annual    report to the Bank by March 31 of the year following the    calendar year being reported on (reporting year). &lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    29, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.bankofcanada.ca/2026/06/reporting-changes-to-registration-information/"&gt;Reporting Changes to Registration Information&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Under the &lt;em&gt;Retail Payment Activities Act&lt;/em&gt; (RPAA) and the &lt;em&gt;Retail Payment Activities Regulations&lt;/em&gt; (RPAR),    registered payment service providers (PSPs) must inform the Bank when there    are changes or anticipated changes to certain information that the PSP    provided during the registration process. The timing requirements for    informing the Bank of these changes vary depending on the nature of the    information.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The Bank of Canada has issued an updated    supervisory policy explaining how they expect registered PSPs to comply with    requirements to provide updated registration information.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    12, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.bankofcanada.ca/2026/06/bank-canada-begin-publishing-notices-violation-payment-service-providers/"&gt;Bank of Canada to begin publishing Notices of    Violation by Payment Service Providers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The Bank of Canada has announced that it    will soon start publishing Notices of Violation related to Payment Service    Providers (PSPs) that are subject to the &lt;em&gt;Retail Payment Activities    Act&lt;/em&gt; (RPAA) and the associated Retail Payment Activities    Regulations. After a PSP has received a Notice of Violation, and once the    period for making representations has expired, the notice will be published    on the Enforcement decisions section of the Bank’s website. The    enforcement decision will provide some details on the nature of the    violation, as well as the amount of any administrative monetary penalty. The    violation will also be noted on the PSP’s entry on the Bank of    Canada’s Registry of PSPs.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Financial    Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    23, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://fintrac-canafe.canada.ca/obligations/dir-iri-eng"&gt;FINTRAC Guidance Related to the Ministerial    Directive on Financial Transactions Associated With the Islamic Republic of    Iran&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;This guidance explains the requirements of    the Ministerial Directive on Financial Transactions Associated with the    Islamic Republic of Iran. This Ministerial Directive includes requirements    that: &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Enhance existing    obligations of the &lt;em&gt;Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist    Financing Regulations&lt;/em&gt;; and &lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Extend the obligations of    the &lt;em&gt;Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing    Regulations.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;In section 3.3, “Additional measures    required,” the following requirement has been added:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Assess the client    information to determine whether you have property in your possession or    control that is owned or controlled by or on behalf of a listed person or    entity, for which you are required to make a disclosure to the Royal Canadian    Mounted Police or the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, and report a    Listed Person or Entity Property Report to FINTRAC.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Information about Casino Disbursement    Reports, which must be used after December 26, 2026, has been updated, and    specific deadlines for reporting virtual currency transactions and casino    disbursements have been added to the guidance.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Casino Disbursement Reports must be used after December 26, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    22, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://fintrac-canafe.canada.ca/guidance-directives/sharing-echange/sharing-echange-eng"&gt;Private-to-Private Information Sharing (Updated)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://fintrac-canafe.canada.ca/guidance-directives/sharing-echange/sharing-echange-eng"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;This guidance explains the requirements    for reporting entities that voluntarily choose to engage in    private-to-private information sharing the exchange of personal information    without an individual’s knowledge or consent between reporting entities that    participate in an approved code of practice) under section 11.01 of    the &lt;em&gt;Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
            The guidance has been updated with the    addition of a new section 7, entitled “What FINTRAC Expects from Participants    in an Approved Code of Practice.” &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Payments Canada&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    22, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.payments.ca/sites/default/files/PRD-002%20-%20Procedures%20for%20foreign%20currency%20transfers%20within%20Canada_0.pdf"&gt;PRD-002 -Procedures for foreign currency transfers    within Canada&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
            This procedure, part of the rules for Lynx,    provides that members within Canada shall provide Swift transfer of U.S.    funds and foreign currencies to other members within Canada in accordance    with the procedures detailed in the following sections if the account of the    beneficiary is domiciled in Canada. “Members” refers to both Canadian banks    and non-bank financial institutions acting on their own behalf or on behalf    of their foreign branches, affiliates and/or subsidiaries. A current list of members    can be found in Appendix I. Members may request that all USD or foreign    currency items be settled via Swift.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="2" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Bank for    International Settlements (BIS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    2, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.bis.org/bcbs/publ/d611.pdf"&gt;Information and    Communication Technology (ICT) Risk Management: Range of Practices&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
            Information and Communications Technology (ICT) is a key component of    operational risk management, playing a vital role in supporting the broader    goal of achieving operational resilience. Banks’ operational resilience to    ICT incidents has become increasingly important in an evolving and    digitalised technology landscape. &lt;br /&gt;
            The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision has analyzed ICT risk    management practices across jurisdictions to address non-malicious ICT    incidents. This report is part of an effort to strengthen banks' operational    resilience to information and communication technology (ICT) incidents in an    increasingly digitalised world; it complements the &lt;a href="https://www.bis.org/bcbs/publ/d454.htm"&gt;Committee’s 2018 report    on cyber resilience&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
            The Committee will continue to monitor developments related to the    digitalisation of finance and financial technology from a prudential    perspective.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Financial    Action Task Force (FATF)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    23, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.fatf-gafi.org/content/dam/fatf-gafi/recommendations/fatf-recommendations-2012.pdf"&gt;International Standards on Combating Money    Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism and Proliferation: The FATF    Recommendations&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The FATF Recommendations set out a    comprehensive and consistent framework of measures which countries should    implement in order to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, as    well as the financing of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. Countries    have diverse legal, administrative and operational frameworks, and different    financial systems, and so cannot all take identical measures to counter these    threats.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;New amendments include &lt;a href="https://www.fatf-gafi.org/content/fatf-gafi/en/publications/Fatfrecommendations/update-recommendation-6-june-2026.html"&gt;changes to Recommendation 6&lt;/a&gt;, which requires countries to implement targeted financial sanctions to comply    with United Nations Security Council resolutions (UNSCRs) relating to the    prevention and suppression of terrorism and terrorist financing. The updated    Standards will require countries to comply with the humanitarian exemption    contained in UNSCRs &lt;a href="https://main.un.org/securitycouncil/en/content/sres2664-2022"&gt;2664&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/4068993?v=pdf"&gt;2761&lt;/a&gt;, as well    as &lt;a href="https://docs.un.org/en/S/RES/2615(2021)"&gt;2615&lt;/a&gt;. The updated    Standards are intended to ensure that sanctions measures do not block the    flow of funds, assets, resources, goods, and services necessary for    humanitarian assistance and basic human needs in line with the UN framework. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;This version is as amended June 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    23, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.fatf-gafi.org/content/fatf-gafi/en/publications/Fatfrecommendations/R16-Public-Consultation-June-2026.html"&gt;FATF Launches Public Consultation on Guidance to    Increase Payment Transparency&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;FATF is inviting the views of stakeholders    on new guidance to support the implementation of strengthened FATF Standards    on payment transparency when they come into effect. The revisions to FATF’s    Recommendation 16, agreed upon in June 2025, are intended to keep pace with    changes in the payment landscape, and strengthen the safety and security of    the international payment system by increasing the transparency of    information that accompanies cross-border payments and requiring the    introduction of tools to protect against fraud and error. All countries    around the world are expected to be ready to implement the changes by the end    of 2030.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The FATF is soliciting feedback from    stakeholders, including financial institutions worldwide with different    business models and capacity, payment system operators, civil society and the    research community. It has provided as support a &lt;em&gt;Public Consultation    Explanatory Memorandum&lt;/em&gt; and a copy of &lt;em&gt;Draft R16. Guidance for    consultation.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Comments are due August 21, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.fatf-gafi.org/en/publications/Mutualevaluations/Fatf-methodology.html"&gt;2022 Methodology for Assessing Technical Compliance    with the FATF Recommendations and the Effectiveness of AML/CFT/CPF Systems&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The FATF assesses each member’s    implementation of the FATF Recommendations and its actions to tackle money    laundering, terrorist financing and the financing of proliferation of weapons    of mass destruction on an ongoing basis. The Methodology for Assessing    Technical Compliance with the FATF Recommendations and the Effectiveness of    AML/CFT/CPF Systems (The FATF Methodology in short) sets out the process by    which the FATF assesses each member’s implementation of the FATF    Recommendations and its actions to tackle money laundering, terrorist    financing and the financing of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction    on an ongoing basis. The FATF Methodology focuses on two distinct areas:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Effectiveness: each    assessment will have a significant focus on effectiveness, to ensure that    countries are implementing and making use of the laws, regulations and    policies that are being passed.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Technical compliance:    each assessment also looks at whether a country has all the necessary laws,    regulations and legal instruments in place, in line with the technical    requirements of the 40 FATF Recommendations.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The FATF commenced its 5th round of evaluations under this    methodology in 2024, and FATF-Style Regional Bodies will also progressively    use this methodology once they complete their previous round of evaluations. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;This version is as amended June 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Financial    Stability Board (FSB)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    10, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.fsb.org/uploads/P100626.pdf"&gt;Sound Practices    for Responsible Adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI): Consultation Report&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.fsb.org/uploads/P100626.pdf"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;This consultation report highlights the benefits and risks associated    with AI use in the financial system. To facilitate responsible AI adoption by    financial institutions, it proposes 12 sound practices that financial    institutions could apply in their organisation-wide AI governance and    management of the relevant stages of AI development and deployment (AI    lifecycle). It draws upon case studies drawn from real-world AI    implementation practices by financial institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
            FSB is soliciting comments on the consultation report and a set of    questions.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;Comments were due July 22, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;International    Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    23, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.iais.org/uploads/2026/06/Technical-note-Credit-Rating-Agencies-and-ICS-Rating-Category-mapping.pdf"&gt;Technical    note – Credit Rating Agencies and ICS Rating Category Mapping&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;This technical note    clarifies the Insurance Capital Standard (ICS) Rating Categories (RC) Mapping    for the Credit Rating Agencies (CRAs) listed in Table 1, which originated    during the monitoring period and was retained at ICS adoption for practical    reasons. It also outlines the pathways under the ICS to recognize ratings    from other CRAs. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June    17, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.iais.org/2026/06/fsi-and-iais-publish-note-on-the-cyber-insurance-market/"&gt;FSI    and IAIS Publish Joint Insights Note on the Cyber Insurance Market&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Financial Stability    Institute (FSI) and IAIS have jointly published a note on the cyber insurance    market, entitled &lt;a href="https://www.iais.org/uploads/2026/06/FSI-IAIS-Insights-Cyber-insurance-unpacked-the-corporate-digital-safety-net.pdf"&gt;FSI Insights on policy    implementation No 75: Cyber insurance unpacked: the corporate digital safety    ne&lt;/a&gt;t. Based on desktop reviews    and interviews with supervisors, insurers, reinsurers, brokers and other    market participants, this note takes stock of the evolving cyber insurance    landscape. In particular, it examines cyber insurance product coverage,    pricing and underwriting practices, and explores the insurance protection    gap. The note also highlights key considerations for supporting the sound and    sustainable development of cyber insurance. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top; background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Legislation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 27, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p1/2026/2026-06-27/html/reg2-eng.html"&gt;[Proposed] &lt;em&gt;Regulations Amending the Financial    Consumer Protection Framework Regulations&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Budget Implementation Act, 2025,    No. 1&lt;/em&gt;, introduced amendments to the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to    combat consumer-targeted fraud. Once the relevant legislative amendments are    in force, these amendments will require banks to have policies and procedures    to address consumer-targeted fraud, allow consumers to adjust maximum    transaction amounts, obtain express consent to enable certain prescribed    account capabilities, allow consumers to disable certain account features,    and require banks to collect and report prescribed fraud data to the    Commissioner of the FCAC.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;These proposed regulations would provide more    specificity to support these legislative amendments, such as prescribing    additional policies and procedures banks would need to have, the account    capabilities that banks must allow consumers to enable and disable, how banks    must obtain express consent before enabling these capabilities, when banks    must enable transaction limit increases requested by consumers, and the    specific data points banks will need to collect and report to the FCAC with    respect to consumer-targeted fraud. The intention is for the    consumer-targeted fraud legislative amendments to come into force on the same    day as the proposed Regulations.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Closes for comments July 27, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 27, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p1/2026/2026-06-27/html/reg3-eng.html"&gt;[Proposed] &lt;em&gt;Consumer-Driven Banking Regulations&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Consumer-Driven Banking Act&lt;/em&gt; (the    Act), which received royal assent in March 2026, and the proposed &lt;em&gt;Consumer-Driven    Banking Regulations&lt;/em&gt; (the proposed Regulations), introduces a secure    framework overseen by the Bank of Canada that enables Canadian individuals    and businesses to share their financial data with accredited service    providers of their choice. The proposed Regulations include requirements    related to accreditation, security, national security, authentication and    consent, reporting, record keeping, framework transparency, technical    standards, assessments, and violations. The proposed Regulations also include    the timelines and information requirements to support the national security    review process related to the Minister of Finance’s national security    authorities under the Act.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Closes    for comments August 26, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 18, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-30/royal-assent"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spring Economic Update 2026 Implementation Act&lt;/em&gt;, S.C. 2026, c. 22 (Bill C-30)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-30/royal-assent"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Among its provisions to implement the 2026 Spring    Economic Update, the following measures of Bill C-30 affect federally    regulated financial institutions:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Division    1 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide that the &lt;em&gt;Investment    Canada Act&lt;/em&gt; does not apply in respect of certain transactions made by    foreign banks or entities associated with a foreign bank if the transactions    are subject to an approval under the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Trust    and Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; or the &lt;em&gt;Insurance Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Division    2 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank of Canada Act&lt;/em&gt; to combine into a    single act the Bank of Canada’s powers, duties and functions related to the    recovery of costs incurred by it for or in connection with the administration    of certain acts. It also makes related amendments to other acts.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Canadian    Payments Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide immunity for the Canadian Payment    Association and certain individuals from any civil liability, other than in    contract, for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in the    administration or discharge of any powers or duties conferred under that act.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House Third Reading June 18, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Senate First    Reading June 18, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Senate Second Reading June 18, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Senate Third    Reading June 18, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Royal Assent June 18, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 3 comes into force on October    16, 2026 (the 120th day after the day on which Bill C-30 receives Royal    Assent). &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 3 comes into force on    proclamation but see coming into force provisions for section 20. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 3 is in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 18, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p2/2026/2026-07-01/html/sor-dors133-eng.html"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Canadian Payments Association By-law    No. 10 — RTR&lt;/em&gt;,    SOR/2026-133&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;This new    Canadian Payments Association by-law is being implemented in connection with    the planned introduction of the Real-Time Rail, a real-time payment exchange,    clearing and settlement system (the RTR system or RTR). The RTR by-law    reflects the RTR’s financial risk framework, key operational requirements,    and policy requirements governing how the system operates. These policy    requirements include, for example, the provision of payment amounts to payees    and participant obligations in processing payments.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The by-law    also refers to the RTR rules, which will provide detailed technical and    business process requirements for participants.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The RTR by-law    focuses on Payments Canada’s operation of the RTR system and the rights and    responsibilities of system participants. It establishes the general    eligibility criteria for RTR participation. Participation is voluntary and    any Payments Canada member is eligible to become an RTR participant if it    meets the requirements set out in the RTR by-law and rules.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The RTR by-law    establishes the classes of payment items acceptable for exchange, clearing,    and settlement in the RTR. It also sets out the circumstances in which a    payment will be cleared and settled in the RTR, key steps, and certain rights    and obligations of participants related to the clearing and settlement    process.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The RTR by-law    requires a receiving participant to make the amount of an RTR payment    available to the payee (such as an individual customer) according to the time    frames and procedures established in the rules, except under certain    circumstances. It contemplates the possibility that the RTR, or a    participant’s use of the RTR, may be disrupted. The by-law allows the President    of Payments Canada to take a variety of actions to respond to disruptions or    other emergencies. In conjunction with the RTR rules, the emergency    provisions in the by-law will enable Payments Canada, working with the Bank    of Canada and system participants, to safely and effectively respond to    potential disruptions.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;In    force August 24, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 18, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/Content/Bills/451/Government/C-29/C-29_1/C-29_1.PDF"&gt;Bill C-29, &lt;em&gt;Financial Crimes Agency Act&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-29    establishes the Financial Crimes Agency (FCA) as a specialized federal law    enforcement agency whose mandate is to investigate financial crimes and to    contribute to the recovery of proceeds of crime. It also makes consequential    amendments to certain acts and regulations.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The FCA will    be headed by a commissioner, employ its own staff and have powers to    investigate serious and complex financial crimes. It will also participate in    international efforts to combat these crimes and report on its operations. In    addition, the bill provides a role and specific powers to the Attorney    General of Canada regarding certain financial crime prosecutions that would    normally fall under the authority of the provincial attorneys general. The    bill also makes consequential amendments to a number of acts and regulations,    in part to authorize the sharing and disclosure of information between the    FCA and certain federal ministers and entities.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House    Second Reading June 18, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;In    force on Royal Assent, except for section 27, which comes into force on the    first anniversary of the day on which Bill C-30 received Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Section 29 comes into force on the day on which section 33    of the &lt;em&gt;Public Complaints and Review Commission Act&lt;/em&gt; comes into force    or, if it is later, on the day on which this Act receives Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 17, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/S-6/first-reading"&gt;Bill S-6, &lt;em&gt;Federal Law–Civil Law Harmonization    Act, No. 4&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/S-6/first-reading"&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Bill S-6 is    the fourth in a series of enactments drafted in the course of the    harmonization of federal statutes by the Department of Justice of Canada resulting    from the coming into force of the &lt;em&gt;Civil Code of Québec&lt;/em&gt; in 1994. Among    the acts amended by Bill S-6 are acts governing financial institutions: the &lt;em&gt;Bank    Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Cooperative Credit Associations Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Trust and Loan Companies Act.&lt;/em&gt; The    amendments are made in order to ensure that each language version takes into    account the common law and the civil law.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Senate    Third Reading June 17, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 15, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-36/first-reading"&gt;Bill C-36, &lt;em&gt;An Act to enact the Protecting Privacy    and Consumer Data Act, to amend the Personal Information Protection and    Electronic Documents Act and to make amendments to other Acts&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-36    enacts the &lt;em&gt;Protecting Privacy and Consumer Data Act&lt;/em&gt; to govern the    protection of personal information of individuals while taking into account    the need of organizations to collect, use or disclose personal information in    the course of commercial activities. Consequently, it repeals Part 1 of the &lt;em&gt;Personal    Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act&lt;/em&gt; and changes the short    title of that Act to the &lt;em&gt;Electronic Documents Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;As a    consequential amendment, it replaces references in the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act, Cooperative Credit Associations Act&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Trust and Loan    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;Personal Information Protection and Electronic    Documents Act&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;Electronic Documents Act&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House    First Reading June 15, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Act,    except sections 1 and 51 and Part 3, to come into force on proclamation (but    that day must not be before the day on which that Part 3 comes into force).    See also s. 52(1) with respect to the coming into force of Bill C-34, &lt;em&gt;Safe    Social Media Act.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 15, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/Content/Bills/451/Government/C-8/C-8_4/C-8_4.PDF"&gt;&lt;em&gt;An Act respecting cyber security, amending the    Telecommunications Act and making consequential amendments to other Acts&lt;/em&gt;, S.C. 2026, c. 9 (Bill C-8)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-8    establishes a regulatory framework to protect systems and services essential    to public safety or national security.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Part 1 amends    the &lt;em&gt;Telecommunications Act &lt;/em&gt;to add the promotion of the security of the    Canadian telecommunications system as an objective of the Canadian    telecommunications policy and to authorize the governor in council and the minister    of Industry to direct telecommunications service providers to do anything, or    refrain from doing anything, that is necessary to secure the Canadian    telecommunications system.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Part 2 enacts    the &lt;em&gt;Critical Cyber Systems Protection Act&lt;/em&gt; (CCSPA) to provide a    framework for the protection of the critical cyber systems of services and    systems that are vital to national security or public safety and that are    delivered or operated as part of a work, undertaking or business that is    within the legislative authority of Parliament. The CCSPA imposes onerous    cyber security obligations on “designated operators” of federally regulated    critical cyber systems. These operators carry out vital services or systems    (that is, infrastructure essential to preserving national security and public    safety). These obligations include, among others:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Developing,    maintaining, and regularly reviewing cyber security programs (CSPs);&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Reporting    material changes in ownership, control, or use of third-party products and    services to the appropriate regulator, as to mitigate supply-chain and    third-party risks; and preserving detailed records of cyber security programs    and incidents.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The CCSPA    delegates broad, sector-specific powers to the appropriate regulators,    including banking systems overseen by OSFI and the clearing and settlement    systems overseen by the Bank of Canada.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The CCPSA will    allow the regulators to, &lt;em&gt;inter alia,&lt;/em&gt; enter any place (subject to    limitations) to examine records and data, order internal audits, and issue    compliance orders.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The CCPSA also    introduces significant administrative monetary penalties for violations.    While the proposed regime is designed to promote compliance, fines could    amount to $15 million per violation, per day, for organizations, and $1    million per violation, per day, for individuals. Moreover, directors and    officers of designated operators could be held personally liable if they were    complicit in committing a violation. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Senate    Third Reading June 4, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Royal Assent June 15, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Part    2 (&lt;em&gt;Critical Cyber Systems Protection Act&lt;/em&gt;) in force on proclamation.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Remainder of Act in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;June 3, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-31/first-reading"&gt;Bill C-31,&lt;em&gt; Budget 2025 Implementation Act, No. 2&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-31 implements certain measures put forward in    the November 4, 2025, Budget.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Trust and    Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; to prohibit financial institutions from issuing    documents in bearer form and provide for the replacement of documents that    are currently in bearer form.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Trust and    Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide that no action lies against His Majesty in    right of Canada and federal government officials for any acts or omissions    made in good faith under those acts.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to    require an institution to offer or sell deposit products in a    non-discriminatory manner in certain circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 6 of    Part 4 amends Schedule II to the &lt;em&gt;Access to Information Act&lt;/em&gt; to    prohibit the disclosure of confidential information obtained under the &lt;em&gt;Retail    Payment Activities Act&lt;/em&gt; or prepared from information obtained under    that act.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border: 1px solid #7f7f7f; padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House    Second Reading June 3, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 4 in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 4 in    force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 4 in force on proclamation.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 6 of Part 4 in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
    &lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Disclaimer&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This  Reporter is prepared as a service for our clients. It is not intended to be a  complete statement of the law or an opinion on any subject. Although we  endeavour to ensure its accuracy, no one should act upon it without a thorough  examination of the law after the facts of a specific situation are considered.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{3D1BA3F3-F619-494F-924F-30CF43437313}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/federal-financial-institutions-legislative-and-regulatory-reporter-may-2026</link><title>Federal Financial Institutions Legislative and Regulatory Reporter – May 2026</title><description>&lt;p&gt;The Reporter provides a monthly summary of Canadian federal legislative and regulatory developments of  relevance to federally regulated financial institutions. It does not address  Canadian provincial financial services legislative and regulatory developments.  In addition, purely technical and administrative changes (such as changes to  reporting forms) are not covered.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: left;"&gt;May  2026&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;table&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;
            &lt;strong&gt;Published&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title    and Brief Summary&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Status    (if applicable)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;    background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Office of the Superintendent of    Financial Institutions (OSFI)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May 21, 2026 &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/draft-guideline-b-12-interest-rate-risk-management-2027-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Draft Guideline B-12 Interest Rate Risk Management    Consultation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;      OSFI has informed banks and trust and loan companies    by letter of a consultation with respect to targeted adjustments to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/interest-rate-risk-management-guideline-2027" title="Interest Rate Risk Management – Guideline (2027)" target="_blank"&gt;Guideline B‑12 – Interest    Rate Risk Management&lt;/a&gt;. The adjustments would update the interest rate    shock scenarios in the guideline to align with recent revisions from the    Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). BCBS published its &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.bis.org/bcbs/publ/d578.htm" target="_blank"&gt;revised Recalibration of    shocks for interest rate risk in the banking book&lt;/a&gt; in July 2024. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The guidance would also be updated with respect to how institutions    should consider different types of balance sheet scenarios against earnings    measures. In addition, details related to public disclosures would be    replaced by a reference to OSFI’s Pillar 3 disclosure guidelines.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The current version of Guideline B-12 was published in May 2019. The    letter and draft Guideline are accompanied by a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/news/backgrounder-draft-guideline-b-12-interest-rate-risk-management-consultation" target="_blank"&gt;Backgrounder&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due July 20, 2026. &lt;br /&gt;
            OSFI plans to publish the    final guideline on September 10, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p &gt;
            The guideline will come    into effect on November 1, 2026 (for October 31 year ends) or January 1, 2027    (for December 31 year ends)&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/draft-capital-liquidity-treatment-crypto-asset-exposures-banking-guideline-2027-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Draft Capital and Liquidity Treatment of    Crypto-asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline (2027)&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has informed banks and trust and loan companies    by letter of a consultation with respect to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/capital-liquidity-treatment-crypto-asset-exposures-banking-guideline-2027" target="_blank"&gt;draft revisions to the Capital and Liquidity    Treatment of Crypto-asset Exposures (Banking) Guideline&lt;/a&gt;. OSFI states that the revisions, building on the latest version of    the guidance (in effect in Q1 2026), are meant to respond to developments    in the crypto market, but also ensure that the capital and liquidity    treatment of crypto‑asset exposures continues to reflect the underlying risks    faced by institutions, and remains prudent in light of the dynamic nature of    the crypto market.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Targeted revisions would recognize cross‑exchange hedging for Group 2a    crypto‑assets traded on regulated exchanges. OSFI states that the current    draft revision does not address several key issues noted in its &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/letter-industry-changes-treatment-crypto-assets-exposures" title="Letter to industry – Changes to treatment of crypto-assets exposures" target="_blank"&gt;October 29,    2025, letter to industry&lt;/a&gt;, such as the risk weight applied to Group    2a crypto‑assets and Group 2a crypto-assets’ eligibility as collateral.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The draft guideline is accompanied by a backgrounder.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due July 20, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Final version of revised guideline will    come into effect on November 1, 2026, or January 1, 2027 for institutions    with a fiscal year ending October 31 or December 31, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/draft-liquidity-adequacy-requirements-guideline-2027-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Draft Liquidity Adequacy Requirements Guideline    (2027)&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has informed banks and trust and loan companies by letter of a    consultation with respect to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/liquidity-adequacy-requirements-lar-guideline-2027" title="Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) – Guideline (2027)" target="_blank"&gt;draft revisions    to the Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) Guideline&lt;/a&gt;. OSFI states    that the revisions are aimed at ensuring that liquidity requirements continue    to align with the underlying risk faced by institutions; at enhancing the    clarity of its liquidity rules; and at improving the consistency of the    application of those rules. It proposes:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;A new Level 1B    high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) category to acknowledge the market    liquidity of certain instruments that do not currently qualify as Level 1    HQLA;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Adjustments to the    transactions approved for interdependent asset and liability treatment under    the Net Stable Funding Ratio; &lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Updates to the guideline intended to improve    structure and reliability, ensure alignment with other OSFI guidelines, and    improve coherence. &lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due July 20, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Final version of revised guideline will    come into effect May 1, 2027.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/consultation-pillar-3-disclosure-guidelines-interest-rate-risk-banking-book-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Consultation on Pillar 3 Disclosure Guidelines for    Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has informed Banks and Trust and Loan Companies by letter of a    consultation with respect to draft amendments to Pillar 3 disclosure    guidelines for &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/sites/default/files/documents/plr3-irrrbb-rtipb-dsibs-2027-en.xlsx?v=1781270998490" title="plr3-irrrbb-rtipb-dsibs-2027-en.xlsx" target="_blank"&gt;domestic systemically important banks    (D-SIBs)&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/sites/default/files/documents/plr3-irrrbb-rtipb-smsb-2027-en.xlsx?v=1781270998490" title="plr3-irrrbb-rtipb-smsb-2027-en.xlsx" target="_blank"&gt;small- and medium-sized banks (SMSBs)&lt;/a&gt; on    interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) disclosure expectations.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;The amendments incorporate the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.bis.org/basel_framework/chapter/DIS/70.htm" target="_blank"&gt;Basel Committee    on Banking Supervision disclosure standard on interest rate risk in the    banking book&lt;/a&gt; and align with draft amendments to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/interest-rate-risk-management-guideline-2027" title="Interest Rate Risk Management – Guideline (2027)" target="_blank"&gt;Guideline B-12 – Interest    Rate Risk Management&lt;/a&gt;. The amendments have no impact on capital or    liquidity expectations for institutions in scope. For small- and medium-sized    banks, disclosure expectations are applied in proportion to the nature, size,    and complexity of the deposit-taking institution. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due July 20, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Final version of revised guideline is    expected to be published in September 2026, with disclosure expectations    expected to come into effect for fiscal Q4 2027 reporting periods.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/draft-internal-liquidity-adequacy-assessment-process-guideline-2027-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Draft Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process    Guideline (2027) – Letter&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has informed banks and trust and loan companies by letter of a    consultation with respect to a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/internal-liquidity-adequacy-assessment-process-ilaap-deposit-taking-institutions-guideline-2027" title="Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) for Deposit-Taking Institutions – Guideline (2027)" target="_blank"&gt;draft Internal    Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) Guideline&lt;/a&gt;, with    feedback intended to inform a final guideline that would take effect on May    1, 2027. The draft Guideline is intended to enhance alignment of liquidity    requirements with underlying risks faced by institutions, improve clarity,    and promote a more consistent application of liquidity rules.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Feedback from a May 2025 &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/pillar-2-liquidity-funding-risks-designing-internal-liquidity-adequacy-assessment-process-canadian" title="Pillar 2 Liquidity and Funding Risks: Designing an Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process for Canadian Deposit-Taking Institutions" target="_blank"&gt;discussion paper    exploring Pillar 2 liquidity concepts&lt;/a&gt; about improving    liquidity supervision and what should be taken into account when drafting an    ILAAP guideline emphasized the need for a more proportionate approach for    smaller, less complex deposit-taking institutions, with sufficient transition    time built into the implementation to all for governance, data, and    stress-testing enhancements.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;With respect to a more proportionate    approach, OSFI states that while it expects the final guideline to apply to    all deposit-taking institutions, it acknowledges that some of the Pillar 2    liquidity risks will not be applicable to all deposit-taking institutions; it    has reflected this in the draft ILAAP Guideline.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI is proposing a proposing a three-year    phased implementation schedule in the draft ILAAP Guideline, applicable to    all deposit-taking institutions. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due August 19, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt; OSFI proposes a phased implementation schedule, beginning in May 2027 and building to    maturity by 2029 fiscal year-end. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/draft-guideline-b-2-large-exposure-limits-2028-letter" target="_blank"&gt;Draft Guideline B-2 Large Exposure Limits (2028)&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;OSFI has informed banks and trust and loan companies by letter of a    consultation with respect to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/en/guidance/guidance-library/large-exposure-limits-guideline-2028" title="Large Exposure Limits - Guideline (2028)" target="_blank"&gt;draft revisions to Guideline    B-2 – Large Exposure Limits&lt;/a&gt;. The current version of    Guideline B-2 applies to domestic systemically important banks (D‑SIBs);    these draft amendments extend the scope of Guideline B-2 to Category 1    and Category 2 small‑ and medium‑sized banks (SMSBs). They would replace    the 1994 large exposure guideline currently applicable to these institutions.    In addition, under these revisions, Category 3 SMSBs and foreign bank    branches will no longer be subject to the large-exposure guideline.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Changes to Guideline B-2 will include the following:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Expanding the scope of application of the    guideline to Category 1 and Category 2 SMSBs at the consolidated    entity level;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Applying a general large exposure limit of 25% of    Tier 1 capital for SMSBs, consistent with the approach for D‑SIBs;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Aligning exposure measurement for SMSBs with the    Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline, including the recognition of    eligible credit risk mitigation techniques;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Updating the criteria for SMSBs to identify    groups of connected counterparties to promote more consistent aggregation of    exposures;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Introducing quarterly large exposure reporting    for SMSBs, using the same reporting template that currently apply to D‑SIBs;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;making minor SMSB‑specific adjustments to certain    measurement approaches to support proportionality and limit regulatory burden.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Comments are due August 19, 2026.  &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Final    version of revised guideline will come into effect on November 1, 2027    or January 1, 2028 for institutions with a fiscal year ending    October 31 or December 31, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;    background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Financial    Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    6, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://fintrac-canafe.canada.ca/pen/3-eng" target="_blank"&gt;Administrative Monetary Penalties: Changes Following Legislative    Amendments&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;FINTRAC has issued a document explaining    how FINTRAC will implement a new approach to administrative monetary    penalties (AMPs), pursuant to amendments put in place by the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/annualstatutes/2026_4" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Strengthening Canada’s Immigration System and    Borders Act&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, S.C. 2026, c. 4 (Bill    C-12). It describes how FINTRAC is updating its AMP policy and developing new    guidance to reflect the changes resulting from the legislative amendments.    The new guidance will explain how penalties are administered under the new    legislative framework and will include guidance on compliance agreements and    compliance orders as well as an updated approach to calculating penalties.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;According to FINTRAC, the new    administrative monetary penalties framework will give it the authority to:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Define prescribed    violations and compliance order violations subject to penalties;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Apply increased maximum    penalty amounts (up to 40 times current limits);&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Consider ability to pay    as part of the criteria for determining a penalty amount;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Require mandatory    compliance agreements for prescribed violations;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Introduce compliance    orders as an additional enforcement tool.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;New legislative requirements will apply to violations that occur after    March 26, 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;    background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Payments Canada&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    27, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.payments.ca/sites/default/files/CACPA%20code%20straight-through%20processing%20%28STP%29%20formatting_0.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;CACPA Code STP Formatting Best Practices&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Payments Canada has released best practices    and formatting guidelines for Canadian routing numbers, or CACPA codes, to    facilitate straight-through processing (STP). This industry guideline is    designed specifically for domestic and international payment originators who    are sending wire transfers within or destined for Canada.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    21, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.payments.ca/supporting-multi-sector-approach-safeguard-canadians-new-era-payments" target="_blank"&gt;National Fraud Strategy: Payments Canada Feedback&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Department of Finance Canada issued a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/programs/consultations/2026/national-anti-fraud-strategy-discussion-paper.html" target="_blank"&gt;National Anti-Fraud Strategy Discussion Paper&lt;/a&gt; in April 2026, requesting feedback on three initial measures that    might be taken to advance the strategy. Payments Canada has submitted its    feedback, emphasizing the following:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Multi-sector    collaboration, uniting financial sector, telecommunications providers and    digital platforms;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Payment modernization;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Consistent regulation,    and proportionate and consistent application of anti-fraud requirements;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Enhanced information    sharing across sectors and with regulators;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Coordinated oversight    that includes a central coordinating function and sector-specific regulators;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Consumer education;&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Law enforcement support.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;    background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Financial    Stability Board (FSB)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May    6, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.fsb.org/2026/05/report-on-vulnerabilities-in-private-credit/" target="_blank"&gt;Report on    Vulnerabilities in Private Credit&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;FSB has issued a report that highlights that private credit brings    benefits but also vulnerabilities, including complex interlinkages with    banks, borrower credit quality concerns, and valuation opacity. It reports    that although the growth of private credit may bring benefits, it also brings    potential vulnerabilities. Private credit at its current size and scope has    not been tested during a severe economic downturn, which could expose    leverage and borrower credit quality vulnerabilities. The report argues that authorities    should work to close data gaps, harmonise definitions to enhance monitoring,    and deepen analysis of financial interconnections and liquidity issues, while    sharing supervisory insights.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td colspan="3" style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;    background-color: #17365d;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #ffffff;"&gt;Legislation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May 26, 2026, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-30/first-reading" target="_blank"&gt;Bill C-30, &lt;em&gt;An Act to implement certain provisions    of the spring economic update tabled in Parliament on April 28, 2026&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Among its provisions to implement the 2026 Spring    Economic Update, the following measures of Bill C-30 affect federally    regulated financial institutions:&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;ul&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Division    1 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide that the &lt;em&gt;Investment    Canada Act&lt;/em&gt; does not apply in respect of certain transactions made by    foreign banks or entities associated with a foreign bank if the transactions    are subject to an approval under the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Trust    and Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; or the &lt;em&gt;Insurance Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
                &lt;li&gt;Division    2 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank of Canada Act&lt;/em&gt; to combine into a    single act the Bank of Canada’s powers, duties and functions related to the    recovery of costs incurred by it for or in connection with the administration    of certain acts. It also makes related amendments to other acts.&lt;/li&gt;
            &lt;/ul&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 3 amends the &lt;em&gt;Canadian    Payments Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide immunity for the Canadian Payment    Association and certain individuals from any civil liability, other than in    contract, for anything done or omitted to be done in good faith in the    administration or discharge of any powers or duties conferred under that act.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House of Commons Second Reading on May 26, 2026.    Referred to Standing Committee on Finance.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 3 comes into force on    the 120th day after the day on which Bill C-30 receives Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 3 comes into force on    proclamation but see coming into force provisions for section 20.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 3 is in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May 20, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p2/2026/2026-05-20/html/sor-dors81-eng.html" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;By-law Amending the Canada Deposit Insurance    Corporation Deposit Insurance Policy By-law&lt;/em&gt;, SOR/2026-81&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Act to implement the Protocol on the Accession of    the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the Comprehensive    and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership&lt;/em&gt;, S.C. 2026, c. 7, amended    Schedule IV of the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to clarify how a country or    territory acceding to an existing trade agreement is treated under    Schedule IV of the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt;. Accordingly, the reference to    Schedule IV of the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; in the Policy By-law is    amended by this By-law to ensure alignment with the amendments to    Schedule IV to the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;In    force on the day &lt;em&gt;Act to implement the Protocol on the    Accession of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the    Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership&lt;/em&gt;, S.C.    2026, c. 7, s. 11, comes into force.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May 6, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-13/royal-assent" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Act to implement the Protocol on the Accession of    the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the Comprehensive    and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership&lt;/em&gt;, S.C. 2026, c. 7 (Bill C-13)&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-13 implements the &lt;em&gt;Protocol on the    Accession of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the    Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership&lt;/em&gt;,    done July 16, 2023. It includes consequential amendments to the definition of    “regulated foreign entity” in sections 2 of the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act, Insurance    Companies Act &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;Trust and Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;, respectively. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Royal    Assent May 6, 2026&lt;br /&gt;
            Act    comes into force on proclamation.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;May 6, 2026&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.parl.ca/DocumentViewer/en/45-1/bill/C-31/first-reading" target="_blank"&gt;Bill C-31, &lt;em&gt;Budget 2025 Implementation Act, No. 2&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Bill C-31 implements certain measures put forward in    the November 4, 2025, Budget.  &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Trust and    Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; to prohibit financial institutions from issuing    documents in bearer form and provide for the replacement of documents that    are currently in bearer form.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Trust and    Loan Companies Act&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Insurance    Companies Act&lt;/em&gt; to provide that no action lies against His Majesty in    right of Canada and federal government officials for any acts or omissions    made in good faith under those acts.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 4 amends the &lt;em&gt;Bank Act&lt;/em&gt; to    require an institution to offer or sell deposit products in a    non-discriminatory manner in certain circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 6 of    Part 4 amends Schedule II to the &lt;em&gt;Access to Information Act&lt;/em&gt; to    prohibit the disclosure of confidential information obtained under the &lt;em&gt;Retail    Payment Activities Act&lt;/em&gt; or prepared from information obtained under    that act. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td style="border:1px solid #7f7f7f;padding: 10px; margin: 10px; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;House of Commons First Reading on May 6, 2026. &lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 1 of Part 4 in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 2 of Part 4 in    force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 3 of Part 4 in force on proclamation.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;Division 6 of Part 4 in force on Royal Assent.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
    &lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Disclaimer&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;This  Reporter is prepared as a service for our clients. It is not intended to be a  complete statement of the law or an opinion on any subject. Although we  endeavour to ensure its accuracy, no one should act upon it without a thorough  examination of the law after the facts of a specific situation are considered.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{DE888587-4BCD-4E95-B72C-3D0EEE3E2A24}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/updating-membership-criteria-what-ontario-not-for-profits-should-know</link><title>Updating membership criteria? What Ontario not-for-profits should know</title><description>&lt;p&gt;The Ontario Superior Court of Justice’s  decision in &lt;em&gt;Barrie &amp; District Association of Realtors v Information  Technology Systems Ontario&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://canlii.ca/t/kckg6" target="_blank"&gt;2025 ONSC  3388&lt;/a&gt;, confirms that Ontario not-for-profit corporations may update their  membership criteria, even where the changes could affect an existing member’s  ability to remain a member. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The decision is useful for boards because  it explains when courts will defer to internal governance decisions under the Ontario &lt;em&gt; Not-for-Profit Corporations Act, 2010&lt;/em&gt; (ONCA), and when they may intervene.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key takeaways&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Ontario not-for-profits may  amend membership criteria to respond to legitimate governance or operational  concerns. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Boards should ensure that  amendments are adopted properly, clearly drafted, and aligned with the  corporation’s best interests.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Courts will generally defer to  board decisions unless there is a legal breach, procedural unfairness, or bad  faith.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How the ONCA challenge arose&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barrie &amp; District Association of  Realtors was a member of Information Technology Systems Ontario, a  not-for-profit corporation that pools MLS listing data for its member real  estate associations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After Barrie announced an integration with  the Toronto Regional Real Estate Board, which Information Technology Systems  Ontario viewed as a competitor, Information Technology Systems Ontario amended  its by-laws. The amendment required members to maintain the same corporate  structure and control as when they first joined.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barrie challenged the amendment under ONCA section  191. It argued that the amendment was retroactive, unclear, inconsistent with  the Act, and adopted in bad faith to target Barrie.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How the Ontario Superior Court ruled&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court dismissed the application and  upheld the by-law amendment. It confirmed that courts will usually avoid  interfering in the internal affairs of not-for-profit corporations unless there  is a breach of the corporation’s governing documents or the Act, a denial of  natural justice, or bad faith.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court found that the amendment did not  amount to a retroactive breach of contract. There was no agreement that the  membership rules would remain unchanged forever.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court also rejected the argument that  the amendment was too vague. The requirement to maintain the same “corporate  structure and control” was sufficiently clear when read in context, and the Act  did not require the by-laws to list every factor the board could consider when  exercising discretion.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, the Court held that the amendment  was not made in bad faith. Information Technology Systems Ontario had a  legitimate concern about a competitor gaining control over one of its member  associations and followed the proper process to amend its by-laws.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Contact us &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For any questions about this case or Ontario’s &lt;em&gt;Not-for-Profit  Corporations Act, 2010&lt;/em&gt;, please contact a member of our &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/corporate-commercial/charities-and-not-for-profits"&gt;Charities  &amp; Not-for-Profit&lt;/a&gt; Group.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{4236AB88-ADA0-49FB-89DA-7ECBC0E264A9}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/onca-update-court-clarifies-when-a-special-resolution-is-required-for-certain-by-law-amendments</link><title>ONCA update: Court clarifies when a special resolution is required for certain by-law amendments</title><description>&lt;p&gt;A recent Ontario court decision, &lt;em&gt;Chifor, et al v Windsor/Essex County  Humane Society&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/on/onsc/doc/2026/2026onsc667/2026onsc667.html?resultId=fd6ed91f2b9148df9b699080cfe87be6&amp;searchId=2026-06-07T11:37:53:118/1d4fc4bc08e84183bbcf30d11122f87d" target="_blank"&gt;2026 ONSC 667&lt;/a&gt;, has  clarified the interaction between sections 17 and 103 of the Ontario &lt;em&gt; Not-for-Profit Corporations Act, 2010&lt;/em&gt; (ONCA), confirming that certain  by-law amendments require member confirmation by special resolution.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; This decision provides welcome guidance on  an area of the ONCA that has generated uncertainty since the legislation came  into force. Organizations planning by-law amendments should review their  approval process carefully to ensure compliance and avoid challenges to the  validity of amended by-laws.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;What happened?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The court considered amendments relating to  matters listed in section 103(1)(g), (k) and (l) of the ONCA, and concluded  that amendments dealing with those provisions must be confirmed by special  resolution of the members. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Why does it matter?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This interpretation provides important  guidance for organizations amending their by-laws. While ONCA generally  permits directors to make, amend and repeal by-laws, that authority is subject  to member confirmation. Organizations should carefully assess whether proposed  by-law changes require member confirmation by ordinary resolution or special  resolution before proceeding. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Practical takeaway&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your organization is amending its  by-laws, then it should consider whether any proposed amendments engage the  provisions identified in section 103(1)(g), (k), and (l) of the ONCA, as member  confirmation by special resolution will be required.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The matters listed in section 103(1)(g),  (k), and (l) relate to important members’ rights provisions, including the  transfer of a membership, the manner of giving notice to voting members, and  the method of voting by members not in attendance at a meeting of the members.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;BLG can assist&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For more information about ONCA compliance  or governance reviews, please contact a member of &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/corporate-commercial/charities-and-not-for-profits"&gt;BLG's  Charities and Not-For-Profit Group.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{E1E0C55D-79AD-4FE7-887A-937873BC1D6A}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/draft-technical-amendments-expand-the-scope-of-taxable-canadian-property</link><title>Draft technical amendments expand the scope of taxable Canadian property </title><description>&lt;p&gt;On July 23,  2026, the Department of Finance released draft legislative proposals containing  numerous technical amendments to the &lt;em&gt;Income Tax Act&lt;/em&gt; (Canada) (the Act)  accompanied by explanatory notes released on July 27, 2026. Among the proposals  are amendments to the definition of "taxable Canadian property" (TCP)  in subsection 248(1) of the Act. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coming into  force on Royal Assent, the proposed amendments will:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;modify the rules governing when  units of publicly traded partnerships constitute TCP;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;broaden the look-through rule  found in paragraph (d) of the definition of TCP;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;reinstate the deeming rule for  options and interests in property that previously applied in determining  whether property is TCP. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;1. Publicly traded partnership  units&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under the  proposed amendments, paragraph (d) of the definition of TCP no longer applies  to partnership units listed on a designated stock exchange.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Instead, listed  partnership units are brought within paragraph (e), alongside listed corporate  shares and mutual fund interests, and are now subject to the  25 per cent ownership test and the more-than-50 per cent FMV test. Unlisted partnership interests continue to be tested  only under the more-than-50 per cent FMV test in paragraph (d). This generally  aligns the treatment of listed partnerships with that of listed corporate  shares.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The revised  language appears designed to better accommodate partnership structures when  applying the ownership threshold. The proposal may therefore be particularly  relevant for investment funds and other collective investment vehicles.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;2. Broadening of look-through rule  in paragraph (d)&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The proposed  amendments broaden the look-through rule found in paragraph (d) of the  definition of TCP by permitting value to be traced through a wider range of  intermediate entities, including through any corporation, trust or partnership  (other than entities described in paragraph (e)).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Non-listed  shares and interests that indirectly derive more than 50 per cent of  their value from underlying TCP assets may now constitute TCP even where  intermediate entities are not themselves TCP. As a result, shares that are not  TCP under the current rules may become TCP because more underlying Canadian  property is considered in applying the more-than-50 per cent FMV  test.&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;3. Options, rights and interests: A  significant broadening&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The amendments  also replace the existing deeming rules found in subparagraph (d)(iv) and  paragraph (f) of the TCP definition with proposed subsection 248(1.2). New  subsection 248(1.2) provides that, for the purposes of the definition TCP in  subsection 248(1), a property described in any of paragraphs (a) to (e) of that  definition is deemed to include an option in respect of, or an interest in, or  for civil law a right in, the property, whether or not the property exists.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The explanatory  notes indicate that the amendment is broader in its application than  subparagraph (d)(iv) and paragraph (f) of the definition (which are  consequently being repealed), as it ensures that options and interests  themselves can qualify as TCP while also applying for the purposes of the TCP  definition as a whole. The explanatory notes provide the following example: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;a taxpayer who owns 24 per cent of the  shares of a corporation and holds an option to acquire an additional 1 per cent of its  shares meets the 25 per cent or more ownership test under subparagraph (e)(i) of the  definition due to the application of this new deeming provision; consequently,  both the taxpayer's shares and the option to acquire additional shares would be  TCP, provided the condition in subparagraph (e)(ii) of the definition is also  met.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a result of  the proposed amendments, options to acquire shares are once again factored into  the 25 per cent test and can affect whether the shares are considered TCP.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Historical context&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This new  subsection reinstates the deeming rule that was repealed effective  Oct. 1, 1996, when the definition of TCP was located in subsection 115(1) of  the Act, with options or interests being dealt with in former subsection  115(3).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Subsection  115(3) provided that references to property described in subsection 115(1)  included "any interest therein or option in respect thereof, whether or  not such property is in existence.” As such, in Finance’s example above, the  taxpayer would have also been deemed to have met the 25 per cent  ownership test under the definition of TCP found in previous subsection 115(1). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When the TCP  definition was relocated from subsection 115(1) to subsection 248(1) as part of  the 2001 amendments, the former subsection 115(3) rule was not carried forward  in its entirety. Although portions of the concept were subsequently reflected  in subparagraph (d)(iv) and paragraph (f) of the TCP definition, the statutory  language no longer expressly provided that options or interests are considered  in determining whether the 25 per cent ownership threshold was met. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Canada  Revenue Agency acknowledged this issue shortly after the 2001 amendments. In  technical interpretation 2002-0151795, the CRA noted that former subsection  115(3) was not reproduced when the TCP definition was moved to subsection  248(1), creating uncertainty regarding the treatment of options and interests  in property for purposes of the TCP definition.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Viewed in this  context, the addition of subsection 248(1.2) appears less like an expansion of  the TCP regime and more like a restoration of a concept that existed under  former subsection 115(3) before the 2001 reorganization of the Act.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{095CE5BC-341C-428D-B9BF-BB5161FA7BC9}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/build-canada-homes-first-moves-4000-direct-build-units-and-a-controversial-bc-condo-conversion-push</link><title>Maisons Canada s’élance : 4 000 unités de construction directe et un projet de conversion controversé en C.-B.</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Le 14 septembre 2025, le  gouvernement a lancé Maisons Canada, un nouvel organisme fédéral ayant  pour mandat de construire des logements abordables à grande échelle au pays.  L’organisme travaillera de concert avec les provinces, les territoires, les  municipalités et les communautés autochtones pour créer des logements  communautaires abordables destinés aux ménages à faible revenu, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/fr/nouvelles/communiques/2025/09/14/premier-ministre-carney-lance-lorganisme-maisons-construction" target="_blank"&gt;tout en s’associant au secteur privé afin d’offrir des  logements abordables à la classe moyenne&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; Le 5 février 2026, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/fr/logement-infrastructures-collectivites/nouvelles/2026/02/document-dinformation--presentation-de-la-loi-sur-maisons-canada.html" target="_blank"&gt;le gouvernement fédéral a déposé le projet de  loi C-20&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Loi concernant la  constitution de Maisons Canada&lt;/em&gt; (la &lt;em&gt;Loi&lt;/em&gt;), afin d’officialiser et  d’élargir le mandat de Maisons Canada. La &lt;em&gt;Loi&lt;/em&gt; fournit le cadre  législatif nécessaire pour constituer Maisons Canada en société d’État, et  confère à l’organisme davantage de pouvoirs et de souplesse opérationnelle pour  remplir sa mission, qui consiste à construire des logements abordables à grande  échelle partout au pays.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;Loi&lt;/em&gt; a obtenu la sanction royale  le 18 juin 2026, et le gouvernement du Canada en a fait l’annonce le  lendemain. Cette sanction marque la mise en place du &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/fr/logement-infrastructures-collectivites/nouvelles/2026/02/document-dinformation--presentation-de-la-loi-sur-maisons-canada.html" target="_blank"&gt;cadre permettant à Maisons Canada de devenir une  société d’État&lt;/a&gt;. Quelques mesures  restent à prendre, comme l’adoption de décrets, la mise en place de la  structure de gouvernance et la nomination de la direction, avant qu’elle soit  entièrement fonctionnelle plus tard en 2026.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Ce que vous  devez savoir &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Maisons Canada est maintenant passée aux choses  concrètes. Son mandat consiste à accroître l’offre de logements au pays en  réalisant des projets de logements abordables à grande échelle.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Le projet de loi C-20, &lt;em&gt;Loi concernant la  constitution de Maisons Canada&lt;/em&gt;, lui fournit l’assise législative, les  pouvoirs et la souplesse opérationnelle nécessaires à sa transformation en  société d’État.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Ses premiers projets de construction directe porteront  notamment sur environ 4 000 logements sur des terrains fédéraux et  serviront de premier banc d’essai à la stratégie fédérale visant à aménager des  logements sur des terrains publics.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;En Colombie-Britannique, un projet de conversion de  copropriétés pourrait transformer plus de 2 200 unités vacantes de  copropriété en logements abordables, bien que les modalités, les prix et les  critères d’accessibilité financière ne soient toujours pas établis.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Le projet pourrait aussi inclure un modèle novateur de  location avec option d’achat, donnant ainsi à des Canadiennes et Canadiens  incapables d’accumuler une mise de fonds suffisante une nouvelle façon  d’accéder à la propriété.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Les terrains  fédéraux sont l’essence même de la stratégie&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.ctvnews.ca/politics/article/carney-government-launches-build-canada-homes-with-13b-initial-investment/" target="_blank"&gt;gouvernement du Canada a investi un montant initial de  13 milliards de dollars dans Maisons Canada&lt;/a&gt; afin de financer et de mettre en chantier des projets  de logements abordables dans l’ensemble du pays. Ces projets miseront  notamment sur l’utilisation de terrains publics fédéraux pour diminuer les  coûts fonciers, simplifier la construction et améliorer l’accessibilité  financière des résidences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grâce à l’intégration de la Société  immobilière du Canada à son portefeuille, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/fr/nouvelles/communiques/2025/09/14/premier-ministre-carney-lance-lorganisme-maisons-construction" target="_blank"&gt;Maisons Canada a maintenant accès aux terrains  fédéraux&lt;/a&gt;, dont  88 propriétés propices à des projets résidentiels. L’organisme peut ainsi  louer ou offrir au rabais des terrains publics excédentaires ou peu utilisés à  ses partenaires afin de réduire les coûts d’aménagement et de construction et  de soutenir ses objectifs d’abordabilité.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Selon le ministre canadien du Logement,  Gregor Robertson, le recours à des terrains fédéraux par Maisons Canada  constitue une &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/canada-homes-crown-corp-9.7076495" target="_blank"&gt;décision marquante pour une génération et garantira  l’accès à un logement à toute la population canadienne&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même si la plupart des terrains fédéraux  sous-utilisés répertoriés dans la Banque de terrains publics du Canada sont  situés en Ontario, on examine des terrains publics partout au pays en vue  d’autres projets. Au moment de la publication, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://idgsi-rpgdi-arcgis.spac-pspc.gc.ca/gisportal/apps/experiencebuilder/experience/?id=dbe8693395f0424ebdf96a5aa89293b8&amp;locale=fr" target="_blank"&gt;trois terrains de cette banque situés à Port Moody,  Vernon et Vancouver en Colombie-Britannique sont « ouverts à la  rétroaction »&lt;/a&gt;.En  comparaison, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://idgsi-rpgdi-arcgis.spac-pspc.gc.ca/gisportal/apps/experiencebuilder/experience/?id=dbe8693395f0424ebdf96a5aa89293b8&amp;locale=fr" target="_blank"&gt;l’Ontario compte 46 terrains actuellement à  l’étude&lt;/a&gt;. Tous sont soit en  phase de rétroaction, d’acception des soumissions ou d’examen des soumissions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même si la majorité des possibilités de  projets se trouvent en Ontario, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/fr/nouvelles/communiques/2025/09/14/premier-ministre-carney-lance-lorganisme-maisons-construction" target="_blank"&gt;les ministres fédéraux ont reçu pour tâche de repérer  des terrains propices à des projets résidentiels parmi ceux qui appartiennent à  leurs ministères&lt;/a&gt; (mis à part les  88 terrains qui figurent déjà dans la Banque de terrains publics du  Canada). À mesure que de nouveaux terrains publics sous-utilisés sont  recensés, d’autres occasions de construire des logements abordables pourraient  émerger en Colombie-Britannique. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Maisons  Canada passe des politiques aux projets de construction&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pour déployer sa stratégie d’optimisation  des terrains fédéraux, Maisons Canada a entrepris six projets pilotes de  construction directe sur ces terrains, et ceux-ci devraient générer environ  4 000 logements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tandis que la planification de  ces six premiers projets va de l’avant, l’organisme choisit des partenaires en  privilégiant des collaborations qui mettent en valeur les ressources du pays,  appuient les entreprises canadiennes et favorisent la création d’emplois de  qualité bien rémunérés d’un océan à l’autre. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Voici les six premiers projets :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/arbo-downsview" target="_blank"&gt;Arbo  (Toronto) :&lt;/a&gt; 540 nouvelles demeures sur une partie du site Arbo Downsview, à Toronto.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/naawi-oodena" target="_blank"&gt;Naawi-Oodena  (Winnipeg) :&lt;/a&gt; Un nouveau  partenariat entre les Premières Nations signataires du Traité nº 1 et la  Société immobilière du Canada prévoit la construction de 320 nouvelles  unités résidentielles.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/village-griesbach" target="_blank"&gt;Village  à Griesbach (Edmonton) :&lt;/a&gt; 355 nouveaux foyers au Coin nord-est du Village à Griesbach.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/pointe-de-longueuil" target="_blank"&gt;Pointe-de-Longueuil (Québec) :&lt;/a&gt; 1 055 nouvelles unités situées en bordure  du fleuve Saint-Laurent, dans la ville de Longueuil. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/1495-chemin-heron" target="_blank"&gt;Chemin  Heron (Ottawa) :&lt;/a&gt; Environ  1 100 nouvelles demeures sur un terrain fédéral de 18 acres, à  20 minutes du centre-ville d’Ottawa.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.clc-sic.ca/francais/immobilier/parc-shannon" target="_blank"&gt;Parc Shannon (Dartmouth) :&lt;/a&gt; Environ 630 nouveaux logis sur une parcelle  dédiée. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bien que si les six premiers  emplacements retenus constituent une avancée importante pour augmenter l’offre  de logements abordables au Canada, la ministre du Logement de la  Colombie-Britannique, Christine Boyle, a invité le gouvernement fédéral à  réaliser des projets de construction directe comparables dans la province. En  misant sur les terrains fédéraux disponibles dans la Banque de terrains publics  du Canada et en trouvant davantage de terrains fédéraux non optimisés, on  espère favoriser la construction directe de nouveaux logements abordables en  Colombie-Britannique. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En plus de  ses projets de construction directe, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/fr/logement-infrastructures-collectivites/nouvelles/2026/02/le-gouvernement-du-canada-presente-la-loi-sur-maisons-canada.html" target="_blank"&gt;Maisons Canada a conclu des partenariats de grande  envergure partout au Canada&lt;/a&gt;, notamment avec la Ville d’Ottawa, les gouvernements de la  Colombie-Britannique, du Québec et de la Nouvelle-Écosse, ainsi qu’avec le  Nunavut et la société Nunavut Tunngavik Inc. dans le cadre d’une entente  tripartite. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ottawa.ca/fr/hotel-de-ville/administration-ouverte-et-transparente-et-qui-rend-compte-de-ses-actes/divulgation-publique/notes-de-service-emises-aux-membres-du-conseil/notes-de-service-emises-par-le-departement-des-initiatives-strategiques/notes-de-service-partenariat" target="_blank"&gt;Ces partenariats visent à stimuler les investissements&lt;/a&gt;, à moderniser les méthodes de construction, à  accélérer les processus d’approbation et de délivrance des permis, et à réduire  les coûts de réalisation des projets.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Par exemple, Maisons Canada et la Ville  d’Ottawa unissent leurs efforts pour favoriser la réalisation de  3 000 nouveaux logements à revenu mixte et abordables. Le projet  bénéficie d’un soutien pouvant atteindre 400 millions de dollars en subventions  fédérales et municipales. La &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ottawa.ca/fr/hotel-de-ville/sujets-de-lheure/salle-de-presse/un-nouveau-partenariat-avec-maisons-canada-permettra-de-construire-3-000-nouveaux-logements-y-compris-des-logements-abordables-et-avec-services-de-soutien" target="_blank"&gt;Ville d’Ottawa s’est aussi engagée à éliminer certains  frais, à accélérer l’approbation des projets et la délivrance des permis, ainsi  qu’à offrir des exemptions de taxes foncières&lt;/a&gt; pour aider à réduire les coûts et maintenir les  logements abordables pour les résidents.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En Colombie-Britannique, Maisons Canada  explore des possibilités dans le cadre du Partenariat entre le Canada et la  Colombie-Britannique sur la conversion de copropriétés. Même si ce projet  apporte une possibilité d’augmenter l’offre de logements abordables au Canada,  il a fait l’objet d’un examen public plus poussé que certains autres  partenariats annoncés.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Projet de  conversion de copropriétés en C.-B. : aide au logement ou aux promoteurs?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans le cadre du projet de  conversion de copropriétés en Colombie-Britannique, lancé le  18 juin 2026, les gouvernements fédéral et de la  Colombie-Britannique entendent utiliser des outils de financement pour &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/fr/nouvelles/communiques/2026/06/18/canada-et-la-colombie-britannique-concluent-nouveau-partenariat" target="_blank"&gt;convertir plus de 2 200 unités de  copropriété vacantes en logements abordables&lt;/a&gt; par l’intermédiaire de Maisons Canada et  de BC Housing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cette proposition a essuyé des critiques par certains analystes, qui la  considèrent comme une &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/business/carney-vancouver-condos-affordable-housing-bailout-9.7247279" target="_blank"&gt;possible  forme d’aide aux promoteurs immobiliers susceptible de maintenir  artificiellement les prix des habitations plutôt que de laisser les forces du  marché les ramener&lt;/a&gt; à un niveau abordable pour les Canadiens. D’autres  analystes se montrent toutefois optimistes par rapport au projet, jugeant qu’il  pourrait constituer un moyen concret de convertir des unités invendues  existantes en logements abordables, à condition que les modalités d’acquisition  soient adéquatement structurées.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même si la formule d’acquisition n’est pas  encore arrêtée, le gouvernement fédéral affirme vouloir acheter des  copropriétés à des prix sous le marché, idéalement à un coût inférieur à celui  de leur construction. Ottawa a aussi précisé que ces achats ne se feront pas  dans la ville de Vancouver, mais plutôt &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/prime-minister-mark-carney-responds-vancouver-bc-condo-plan-9.7248862" target="_blank"&gt;dans des secteurs où le modèle est économiquement  viable&lt;/a&gt;, notamment dans la  vallée du Fraser, l’Okanagan et l’île de Vancouver.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans le cadre du projet de conversion des  copropriétés, le premier ministre Mark Carney a récemment annoncé la mise  en place d’un &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/prime-minister-mark-carney-responds-vancouver-bc-condo-plan-9.7248862" target="_blank"&gt;programme de location avec option d’achat&lt;/a&gt; destiné aux Canadiennes et Canadiens qui peinent à  accumuler la mise de fonds nécessaire. Certains logements convertis devraient  donc servir à la fois de logements locatifs et de tremplin vers la propriété.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les programmes de location avec option  d’achat prévoient habituellement des versements mensuels au propriétaire. Une  partie de ces versements, souvent appelée crédit de loyer, est mise de côté en  vue d’une future mise de fonds. L’occupant bénéficie alors de l’option  d’acheter la résidence à une date prédéterminée, sans avoir à verser  immédiatement la totalité de la mise de fonds.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jusqu’à maintenant, les gouvernements du  Canada et de la Colombie-Britannique ont communiqué peu de détails sur la  structure du projet de conversion de copropriétés. Lorsqu’on en saura  davantage, les promoteurs immobiliers, les institutions prêteuses et les  résidentes et résidents de la Colombie-Britannique pourront mieux évaluer les  effets du projet sur l’abordabilité du logement au pays.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;À surveiller&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans l’ensemble, les six premiers projets de construction directe et les partenariats annoncés ne représentent que  le commencement. Maisons Canada continue d’accepter et d’évaluer des  propositions de projets de logements abordables par &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://logement-infrastructure.canada.ca/bch-mc/index-fra.html" target="_blank"&gt;l’intermédiaire de son portail&lt;/a&gt;, ouvrant ainsi la porte à de nouvelles  occasions pour les prêteurs, les municipalités et les promoteurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/commercial-real-estate"&gt;groupe Droit immobilier&lt;/a&gt; de BLG demeura  constamment à l’affût des nouvelles du gouvernement fédéral pour bien  conseiller les clients sur la meilleure façon de participer aux programmes de Maisons Canada et d’en tirer avantage. Si vous avez des questions, veuillez écrire aux  avocats du groupe Droit immobilier. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{3FC7978B-B9C7-42DC-B1AB-9EA89591F8A7}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/ontario-court-of-appeal-rules-on-esa-termination-clauses-the-baker-and-li-decisions</link><title>Affaires Baker et Li : la Cour d’appel de l’Ontario statue sur les clauses de cessation qui s’en tiennent à la LNE</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Deux décisions ontariennes récentes en droit du travail, &lt;em&gt;Baker v. Van  Dolder’s Home Team Inc.&lt;/em&gt;, 2025 ONSC 952 et &lt;em&gt;Li v. Wayfair Canada  ULC&lt;/em&gt;, 2025 ONSC 2959, ont remis les projecteurs sur les clauses de cessation  d’emploi qui n’offrent rien de plus aux employés que les minimums exigés par la &lt;em&gt;Loi de 2000 sur les normes d’emploi&lt;/em&gt; (la LNE). Dans les deux cas, les  juges de première instance devaient se pencher sur de telles clauses, mais ils  en sont arrivés à des conclusions opposées. Les deux appels ont été entendus le  25 mars 2026, et la Cour d’appel a rendu des décisions éclairantes  pour les employeurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;L’importance de ces appels&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De plus en plus d’employeurs tentent d’utiliser des clauses de cessation  « limitées à la LNE » pour éviter le préavis accordé par la common  law. Toutefois, vu le manque de constance dans les décisions de première  instance, il était devenu difficile de prédire dans quelles circonstances de  telles clauses allaient être considérées comme valides. Ensemble, les arrêts &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt; et &lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt; viennent éclaircir le tout. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;em&gt;Baker v. Van Dolder’s Home Team Inc.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Contexte et décision de première  instance&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt;, la Cour supérieure de justice de l’Ontario  a examiné une allégation de congédiement injustifié découlant d’un congédiement  sans motif valable. L’employeur s’était appuyé sur des clauses contractuelles  de cessation limitant les droits de l’employé aux minimums prévus par la LNE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Clauses de cessation en litige  (extraits traduits)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;« &lt;strong&gt;Cessation sans motif valable :&lt;/strong&gt; Nous pouvons mettre fin à votre emploi à tout moment, sans motif valable, en  vous accordant seulement les droits minimaux prévus par la &lt;/em&gt;Loi de 2000 sur les normes d’emploi &lt;em&gt;pour ce  qui est notamment du préavis, de l’indemnité tenant lieu de préavis et, s’il y  a lieu, de l’indemnité de cessation. Si d’autres paiements ou droits, comme le  versement de cotisations pour le maintien du régime d’avantages sociaux, sont  exigés par ces normes minimales, nous vous les accorderons également. Le  présent paragraphe s’applique dans les circonstances qui constitueraient un  congédiement déguisé. »&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;« &lt;strong&gt;Cessation pour un motif  valable :&lt;/strong&gt; Nous pouvons mettre fin à votre emploi à tout moment pour un  motif valable, sans préavis ni indemnité de quelque nature que ce soit, sauf  les droits minimaux prévus par la &lt;/em&gt;Loi de 2000 sur les normes d’emploi&lt;em&gt;. Les situations suivantes  constituent des motifs valables : a) un mauvais rendement, après  avoir été informé par écrit des normes à atteindre; b) la malhonnêteté  liée à l’emploi (affirmations trompeuses, falsification de documents, déclarations  fausses sur les compétences exigées pour le poste, etc.); c) le vol, le  détournement ou l’usage abusif des biens de la société; d) un comportement  violent ou harcelant envers d’autres employés ou des clients; e) la  communication de renseignements protégés ou confidentiels de la société de  façon intentionnelle ou par négligence grave; f) toute conduite qui  constituerait un motif valable selon la common law ou la loi. »&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En première instance, on a conclu que ces deux clauses étaient  inexécutoires, vu l’emploi répété de l’expression « à tout moment »  et la définition de « motif valable » donnée dans le contrat, qui  ensemble sous-entendaient un droit absolu de cessation contraire aux limites de  la LNE (par exemple, à l’interdiction de procéder à une cessation dans  certaines circonstances, comme pendant un congé légal ou comme forme de  représailles). En s’appuyant sur les décisions &lt;em&gt;Dufault v. Township of Ignace&lt;/em&gt; et &lt;em&gt;Waksdale v. Swegon North America Inc.&lt;/em&gt;, la Cour en est arrivée aux  conclusions suivantes :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Une clause de       cessation qui déforme la LNE ne peut être sauvée par un énoncé de       conformité générale à la LNE.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;L’expression       « à tout moment » sous-entend à tort que le droit de l’employeur       de mettre fin à l’emploi est absolu.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comme une       partie du libellé est inexécutoire, la clause entière est écartée, et       l’employé a droit au préavis raisonnable prévu par la common law.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Les questions soulevées en appel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les questions soulevées en appel dans l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt; sont  pertinentes pour l’ensemble des employeurs et des employés de l’Ontario. Comme  la Cour d’appel l’a reconnu lorsqu’elle a autorisé les appels dans &lt;em&gt;Baker v.  Van Dolder’s Home Team Inc.&lt;/em&gt;, 2025 ONCA 578 et 2025 ONCA 829, le dossier  fait intervenir les questions suivantes :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Dans un       contrat, un libellé qui permet une cessation d’emploi « à tout       moment » est-il nécessairement contraire à la LNE?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;À quel point       les tribunaux devraient-ils être stricts dans leur évaluation des clauses       de cessation qui semblent limiter les employés aux minimums prévus par la       loi?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Dans quelle       mesure la décision &lt;em&gt;Waksdale&lt;/em&gt; s’applique-t-elle encore à l’analyse       des clauses de cessation fondées sur la LNE?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Quel est       l’équilibre adéquat entre l’objectif réparateur de la LNE et la certitude       commerciale dans la conclusion de contrats d’emploi?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Décision en appel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour d’appel a accueilli l’appel de l’employeur et infirmé la  décision de première instance. Elle a statué que les deux clauses de cessation  étaient conformes à la LNE. Celle sur la cessation sans motif valable indique  clairement que l’employé aura droit à tous les minimums prévus par la LNE. Elle  est donc exécutoire. De la même façon, la clause sur la cessation pour un motif  valable est exécutoire, car elle garantit « les droits minimaux prévus par  la [LNE] », même si la définition de « motif valable » au  contrat est plus large que la norme de l’inconduite délibérée de la LNE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;em&gt;Li v. Wayfair Canada ULC&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Contexte et décision de première  instance&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt;, le tribunal de première instance était parvenu  à une conclusion différente sur des questions similaires. M. Li, un  employé haut placé comptant moins d’une année de service, a vu son emploi  prendre fin et a reçu l’indemnité de préavis minimal d’une semaine prévue par  la LNE. Il a contesté la validité des clauses de cessation de son contrat au  motif qu’elles restreignaient indûment ses droits à ceux prévus par la loi.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Clauses de cessation en litige  (extraits traduits)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;« &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cessation pour un Motif  valable :&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; La Société peut mettre fin à votre emploi &lt;strong&gt;à tout  moment&lt;/strong&gt; pour un Motif valable, et ce, sans préavis, indemnité tenant lieu de  préavis, indemnité de cessation d’emploi, maintien des avantages sociaux ou  autres indemnités ou dommages-intérêts de quelque nature que ce soit, sauf ce  qui est expressément exigé par la LNE, auquel cas seuls les droits minimaux  prévus dans la loi seront accordés. »&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;« &lt;strong&gt;Définition de “Motif valable” :&lt;/strong&gt; Aux fins des présentes, « Motif valable » désigne tout acte  d’inconduite délibérée, d’indiscipline ou de négligence volontaire dans  l’exercice des fonctions qui n’est pas frivole et que la Société n’a pas  toléré, et qui constitue un motif valable au sens de la LNE. »&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;« &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cessation sans Motif  valable :&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Après votre période d’essai, en l’absence de Motif  valable, la Société peut mettre fin à votre emploi &lt;strong&gt;à tout moment et pour  quelque raison que ce soit&lt;/strong&gt; en vous remettant uniquement le préavis écrit  minimal exigé par la LNE ou l’indemnité de préavis minimale exigée par la LNE,  ou une combinaison des deux, de même qu’en vous remettant l’indemnité de  cessation d’emploi exigée par la LNE, en maintenant vos avantages sociaux  pendant la période minimale exigée par la LNE et en vous remettant tous les  autres éléments qui vous sont dus, le cas échéant, aux termes de la LNE. »&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contrairement au tribunal de première instance dans l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt;,  celui qui a tranché l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt; a confirmé la validité des clauses de  cessation, en insistant sur le fait que le contrat reconnaissait constamment  les minimums de la LNE et définissait « Motif valable » en faisant  référence à la norme d’inconduite délibérée de la LNE. En interprétant le  contrat dans son ensemble, le tribunal en est arrivé aux conclusions  suivantes :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Le contrat       lie constamment et expressément la cessation « pour un motif       valable » et « sans motif valable » aux normes de la LNE.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;La définition       de « Motif valable » cadre expressément avec la norme       d’« inconduite délibérée » de la LNE.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Contrairement       à ceux des affaires &lt;em&gt;Dufault&lt;/em&gt; et &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt;, le contrat en cause en       l’espèce ne déformait pas les exigences de la LNE et n’omettait pas de       catégories de droits obligatoires.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Les tribunaux       ne devraient pas invalider des contrats autrement conformes simplement       parce qu’ils limitent les droits des employés aux minimums prévus par la       loi, tant que le libellé est clair et exact.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Par conséquent, le demandeur s’est vu accorder uniquement les minimums  prévus par la LNE, et s’est vu refuser le préavis raisonnable de common law.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Les questions soulevées en appel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’affaire &lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt; soulevait des questions similaires à celles de  l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt; en appel, dont les suivantes :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Est-ce que       les tribunaux peuvent maintenir des clauses de cessation d’emploi qui,       lorsqu’elles sont lues dans leur ensemble, s’en remettent clairement et       constamment aux minimums de la LNE?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Dans quelle       mesure les expressions « à tout moment » et « pour quelque       raison que ce soit » font-elles échec à une clause lorsque le libellé       du contrat est par ailleurs conforme à LNE?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comment les       cours d’appel devraient-elles jongler avec des décisions de première       instance en apparence divergentes sur l’applicabilité de clauses de       cessation d’emploi?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Décision en appel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour d’appel de l’Ontario a rejeté l’appel de l’employé. Elle a  confirmé la validité de la clause de cessation sans motif valable, car elle  prévoit à maintes reprises que l’employé recevra à tout le moins les minimums  exigés par la LNE. La Cour d’appel a conclu qu’une simple lecture montrait que  l’employeur et l’employé avaient manifestement convenu que l’employé recevrait  les droits que lui accorde la LNE à la cessation de son emploi, et qu’il n’y  avait donc aucune raison de déclarer la clause inexécutoire. Les expressions  « à tout moment » et « pour quelque raison que ce soit »  n’étaient pas contraires à la loi, car elles ne faisaient que réitérer le droit  de l’employeur de mettre fin à la relation d’emploi : elles ne suggéraient  pas qu’il pouvait le faire de façon illégitime.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour s’est abstenue de revenir sur l’affaire &lt;em&gt;Waksdale&lt;/em&gt;,  estimant que les clauses de cessation des deux contrats étaient exécutoires.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Points à retenir pour les employeurs  (après les appels)&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ces décisions clarifient que les tribunaux ne devraient pas invalider  des clauses de cessation d’emploi en s’efforçant de trouver des  incompatibilités hypothétiques avec la LNE. Ce qu’il faut savoir, c’est si la  clause, lue dans son contexte, préserve objectivement les normes minimales de  la LNE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour d’appel de l’Ontario a clarifié, dans les décisions &lt;em&gt;Baker&lt;/em&gt; et &lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt;, les circonstances dans lesquelles les clauses de cessation  « limitées à la LNE » sont exécutoires. Les employeurs qui révisent  ou rédigent des clauses de cessation devraient :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;s’assurer  que le contrat respecte les exigences minimales de la LNE dans tous les  scénarios de cessation (avec et sans motif valable);&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;utiliser  un libellé clair qui démontre une intention objective de respecter la LNE;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;s’abstenir  de penser que les expressions « à tout moment » et « pour  quelque raison que ce soit » les autorisent à procéder à une cessation  illégale;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;s’assurer  que les clauses de cessation pour motif valable préservent les minimums prévus  par la LNE, sauf si la norme d’inconduite délibérée de la LNE est satisfaite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;En  résumé :&lt;/strong&gt; Les employeurs peuvent utiliser les clauses de  cessation d’emploi pour limiter les droits des employés aux minimums prévus  dans la LNE, mais seulement si le contrat, lu dans son ensemble, préserve  clairement ces minimums en toutes circonstances et ne semble pas autoriser des  cessations ou des renonciations interdites par la législation sur les normes  d’emploi, la santé et la sécurité et les droits de la personne, ou d’autres  lois de protection.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le moment est bien choisi pour revoir les clauses de  cessation dans vos contrats d’emploi à la lumière des nouvelles orientations de  la Cour d’appel.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{C70B5827-D572-43DC-9D43-F21147C7FC28}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/08/ccaa-vesting-orders-and-crown-royalty-arrears-alberta-court-of-appeal-confirms-finality</link><title>CCAA vesting orders and Crown royalty arrears: Alberta Court of Appeal confirms finality</title><description>&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Alberta (Energy and Minerals) v Spartan Delta Corp,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; the Court of Appeal held  that Alberta Energy’s claims for both pre-filing and post-filing royalty  arrears under leases sold subject to a CCAA vesting order were barred by operation of the joint, but not several,  liability created under the &lt;em&gt;Mines and Minerals Act&lt;/em&gt;, RSA 2000, c M-17  (MMA) and the wording of the vesting  order.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;em&gt;Spartan&lt;/em&gt; has important implications and provides much-needed  clarity respecting the liability exposure of co-lessees to oil and gas leases. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How the Bellatrix CCAA sale led to Crown royalty arrears claims&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This  appeal is rooted in the CCAA proceedings  surrounding Bellatrix Exploration Ltd. (Bellatrix). Bellatrix was an oil and  gas company that held interests as a co-lessee in various Crown petroleum and  natural gas leases (the Leases). Canadian Natural Resources Limited (CNRL) was  the other co-lessee in the Leases.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;During  the CCAA proceedings, Bellatrix sold  its interests in the Leases to Spartan Delta Corp. (Spartan). The sale to  Spartan was approved under an Approval and Vesting Order (the Vesting Order)  granted by the Court and the Leases were transferred free and clear of all claims  save for limited permitted encumbrances. Bellatrix remained liable for any  royalty arrears that arose in the period between the commencement of the CCAA  proceedings and the closing date of the sale of the Leases to Spartan in June  2020. An $8.5 million holdback was retained by the CCAA monitor to cover any  post-filing claims. The CCAA proceedings were terminated in summer 2022. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under  the MMA, there is a 5½-year period in  which royalty amounts are subject to recalculation by Alberta Energy. In  November 2024, more than four years after the closing of the sale of the  Leases, Alberta Energy issued notices to Spartan and several co-lessees,  including CNRL, demanding payment of both pre-filing and post-filing royalty  arrears. Spartan, CNRL and the monitor sought relief under the Vesting Order  precluding the claims. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;What the Alberta Court of Appeal decided on CCAA vesting orders&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;A. Why  pre-filing royalty arrears were barred&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Court of Appeal held that Alberta Energy was not entitled to the pre-filing  arrears. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Court of Appeal held that liability under an MMA lease is joint, not joint and several. Unlike joint and several  liability, where each party individually assumes an identical obligation, if  joint liability is extinguished for one party it is extinguished for all. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having  determined that the extinguishment of Bellatrix’s liability for pre-filing  arrears would extinguish the liability of any co-lessee, the court turned to  the wording of the Vesting Order. On the plain language of the Vesting Order,  the court found that royalty arrears were intended to be among the claims  expunged when Bellatrix’s interests in the Leases were transferred free and  clear to Spartan. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In  the result, the court held that the Vesting Order barred the claims for  pre-filing royalty arrears. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;B. Why  post-filing royalty arrears were barred&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For  the post-filing arrears, the Court of Appeal emphasized that Alberta Energy had  notice of the holdback but did not claim from it during the CCAA process.  Rather, as the CCAA proceedings had concluded, Alberta Energy had informed the  monitor that Bellatrix’s royalty deposit was sufficient and that the estate  could be closed. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Court of Appeal found that the CCAA process provided a mechanism for the  recovery of post-filing royalty arrears, and Alberta Energy did not use that  mechanism or attempt to create a mechanism for possible future royalty  adjustments. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In  this context, the court held that Alberta Energy’s post-CCAA collection efforts  undermined the integrity and finality of the CCAA process and offended  fundamental principles of fairness. The court emphasized the “single  proceeding” model for insolvency proceedings in its reasons. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key takeaways for oil and gas co-lessees in CCAA proceedings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court  of Appeal’s decision demonstrates the intended finality and certainty of CCAA  approval and vesting orders and reinforces the importance for any affected  stakeholder to participate in settling the terms of the order. The decision  also provides a practical demonstration of the effect of the court’s related  holding that the MMA&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;creates only  joint liability for co-lessees to Crown mineral leases. Provided that the  vesting order is appropriately drafted, solvent co-lessees are provided with  certainty that historical arrears are extinguished. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{54CFE25C-6234-49B7-85F7-B7527FEE9D06}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/ri/canadian-securities-administrators-staff-notice-on-cybersecurity-practices</link><title>Cliquez à vos risques et périls : avis du personnel des ACVM sur les pratiques de cybersécurité</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Le 15 juillet 2026, les Autorités canadiennes en valeurs  mobilières (ACVM) ont publié &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://lautorite.qc.ca/fileadmin/lautorite/reglementation/valeurs-mobilieres/0-avis-acvm-staff/2026/2026juil15-33-322-avis-acvm-fr.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;l’avis 33-322  du personnel, &lt;em&gt;Examen des pratiques de cybersécurité des sociétés inscrites  et indications supplémentaires&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (l’avis du personnel), à la suite  d’inspections ciblées des pratiques de cybersécurité de 73 sociétés  inscrites. Son contenu n’a rien de surprenant : la cybersécurité constitue  un risque opérationnel majeur et les sociétés inscrites doivent mettre en place  des mesures de contrôles concrètes, documentées et régulièrement mises à jour,  adaptées à leur taille, à leur complexité et à leurs activités.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Points à retenir &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Adaptez votre programme de cybersécurité à votre  taille. Les petites et moyennes sociétés n’ont pas besoin d’une aussi grande  infrastructure que celle d’une banque, par exemple, mais elles doivent tout de  même se prémunir contre d’importants risques et rendre compte de leurs efforts.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Intégrez les procédures de cybersécurité à votre  calendrier de conformité : révision des politiques, formation, évaluation  des risques, examen des fournisseurs, essais du plan d’intervention en cas  d’incident et tests de sauvegarde.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Conservez des preuves. Les ACVM mentionnent à maintes  reprises la documentation, notamment les examens, les registres de formation,  les évaluations des risques, le contrôle diligent des fournisseurs, les essais  et les suivis.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Considérez les incidents impliquant des tiers comme  vous touchant aussi. Si un fournisseur détient des données de votre société ou  de vos clients, une fuite pourrait rapidement devenir un problème pour vous sur  les plans réglementaire, contractuel ou de la communication avec les clients.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;N’attendez pas qu’un incident se produise pour  déterminer qui fait quoi. Testez votre plan d’intervention pendant une période  calme. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comme l’indique l’avis du personnel, les incidents de cybersécurité  présentent un risque commercial pour les sociétés inscrites et un risque pour  les données confidentielles de leurs clients en leur possession. Autrement dit,  « nous pensions que les TI s’en étaient chargées » n’est pas vraiment  une réponse acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Cinq pratiques de cybersécurité  attendues &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Des politiques adaptées à la réalité.&lt;/strong&gt; Les sociétés  devraient se doter de politiques et de procédures de cybersécurité écrites qui  traitent des enjeux évidents : communications électroniques, appareils de  la société et du personnel, accès à distance, protection et chiffrement des  données, mises à jour logicielles, supervision des fournisseurs, formation,  responsabilisation et signalement des incidents. Comme pour de nombreuses  autres politiques, les ACVM s’attendent à ce que celles sur la cybersécurité soient  révisées annuellement et qu’elles correspondent aux procédures ayant réellement  cours. D’après notre expérience, il est judicieux d’évaluer les politiques, les  contrôles, la gouvernance et l’établissement de rapports en fonction d’attentes  véritables et de se baser sur les procédures de communication de crise, de  continuité des activités, de reprise après sinistre et d’escalade déjà en  vigueur. De plus, les guides d’intervention en cas d’incident devraient  comporter des arbres décisionnels, un processus de signalement, ainsi que des  protocoles de documentation et de conservation des preuves. Pour ce qui est des  mots de passe…&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2. Un programme d’apprentissage qui porte ses fruits.&lt;/strong&gt; Une formation  axée spécifiquement sur la cybersécurité devrait être donnée pendant le  processus d’intégration des recrues, puis au moins une fois par année ensuite.  Des rappels plus fréquents peuvent s’avérer nécessaires, selon le profil de  risque de la société. Le contenu devrait porter sur l’hameçonnage et le  piratage psychologique, les renseignements confidentiels, les mots de passe, la  sécurité des appareils, ainsi que les situations dans lesquelles il faut  signaler un incident et la manière de le faire. Il convient par ailleurs de  tenir des registres des personnes ayant participé, de la date et des sujets  abordés. Les simulations d’hameçonnage documentées sont pratiquement  obligatoires et les membres du personnel qui ne les réussissent pas doivent  faire l’objet d’un suivi ciblé.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. Des évaluations de risques accompagnées de contrôles concrets.&lt;/strong&gt; Les sociétés  auraient avantage à mener et documenter leurs évaluations des risques de  cybersécurité au moins une fois par année. Celles-ci doivent permettre de  repérer les actifs critiques et les données confidentielles, les vulnérabilités  internes et externes, les menaces, les conséquences potentielles et  l’efficacité des contrôles mis en place. Le personnel des ACVM s’attend à ce  que ces évaluations soient non seulement documentées, mais qu’elles prouvent  aussi que tous les aspects essentiels ont été pris en compte. Parmi les  priorités des ACVM, mentionnons les risques et les contrôles liés aux droits  d’accès, notamment les accès en fonction du poste, le principe du droit d’accès  minimal, la révocation rapide des droits d’accès et les examens périodiques.  Les sociétés qui font appel à des tiers pour ces évaluations doivent remédier à  toute lacune relevée et expliquer comment elles comptent répondre aux  préoccupations soulevées. Les solutions de base possibles comprennent  l’authentification multifacteur, les VPN, le chiffrement des données, les  sauvegardes programmées du système, le filtrage des courriels, l’application de  correctifs et la mise à jour des logiciels, la tenue de registres des activités  numériques suspectes et la suppression sécuritaire des données. Le personnel  souligne que les audits de cybersécurité et les tests d’intrusion, bien qu’ils  ne soient pas obligatoires, constituent des pratiques efficaces.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4. Une surveillance des fournisseurs qui ne se limite pas à  penser : « C’est une grande entreprise, donc tout va bien  aller. »&lt;/strong&gt; Toutes les sociétés examinées par les ACVM faisaient affaire avec des  tiers fournisseurs de services ayant accès à leur système et à leurs données.  Les ACVM s’attendent à ce qu’un contrôle diligent documenté soit effectué avant  l’intégration d’un tiers, puis périodiquement par la suite. Il est important de  comprendre comment les fournisseurs protègent les données, où elles sont stockées,  comment l’accès est contrôlé et comment les responsabilités sont réparties dans  les environnements infonuagiques. Nous conseillons souvent aux sociétés de  renforcer leurs exigences contractuelles et de mettre à jour certains éléments,  comme les contrôles liés à la cybersécurité, les avis d’incident, les droits  d’audit, la sous-traitance et la gestion des données. Les rapports sur les  contrôles des systèmes et de l’organisation SOC 2 ou autres documents  semblables sont utiles, lorsque disponibles, mais ils doivent tout de même être  revus.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5. Un plan d’intervention qui a été mis à l’essai avant qu’il ne soit  trop tard.&lt;/strong&gt; Les sociétés devraient rédiger un plan d’intervention qui comprend une  définition claire de ce qu’est un cyberincident, une description des différents  types de cyberattaques possibles et des mesures à prendre en cas de piratage  des systèmes d’un tiers fournisseur de services qui détient des données de la  société, les rôles et les responsabilités pour les notifications, les  procédures d’escalade, etc. Ce plan doit être testé régulièrement au moyen de  simulations. Un exercice bien conçu consiste en un scénario de rançongiciel ou  de cyberincident réaliste qui fait intervenir différentes étapes décisionnelles  au sein des TI, de la haute direction et du conseil d’administration. Des  essais de sauvegarde et de récupération des données devraient aussi être  consignés. Bien que l’assurance cybersécurité ne soit pas obligatoire, les ACVM  notent qu’elle peut être utile sur les plans financier et opérationnel.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;BLG peut vous aider &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;div data-embed-width="100%" data-embed-height="auto" data-ceros-experience="https://borden-ladner-gervais.ceros.site/csa-staff-notice-33-322_en-copy-cf98b6cd" data-embed-title="CSA Staff Notice 33-322_FR_v2"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{3566BF00-9562-4010-BFB2-B5758E9835F7}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/ai-in-canadian-health-care-from-pilots-to-real-world-implementation</link><title>L’IA dans les soins de santé canadien : du projet pilote à l’adoption</title><description>&lt;p&gt;L’utilisation de l’intelligence artificielle au service des soins de  santé a franchi une nouvelle étape au pays. Nous avons récemment accueilli des  leaders du secteur de la santé, des représentants d’hôpitaux, des entrepreneurs  en technologie et d’autres parties prenantes lors d’un symposium sur l’IA dans  le milieu de la santé canadien à Toronto.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les discussions ont mis en évidence un changement clair dans la façon  dont les organismes de soins de santé abordent l’IA. Il y a un an, les  conversations tournaient autour de l’expérimentation et des cas d’utilisation.  Cette année, l’attention se portait bien plus sur la mise en œuvre, la  gouvernance, l’approvisionnement, la responsabilisation et l’expansion. Nous  avons notamment beaucoup entendu que l’IA amorçait une nouvelle phase dans le  secteur.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;De l’expérimentation à l’adoption&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  question n’est plus de savoir si l’IA peut être utilisée. On procède déjà à des  essais, des évaluations et des déploiements un peu partout dans les milieux  cliniques, opérationnels et administratifs. Ce qu’il reste à déterminer est  comment les organismes de soins de santé peuvent mettre en place, gérer et  optimiser ces outils de manière sécuritaire, fiable, viable et juridiquement  défendable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pendant  les 12 à 24 prochains mois, les hôpitaux, les autorités sanitaires, les  entreprises du secteur, les assureurs et les fournisseurs de technologies de la  santé se concentreront probablement moins sur les capacités technologiques que  sur la gouvernance, la responsabilisation, l’approvisionnement, la protection  de la vie privée et la rigueur dans la mise en œuvre.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;L’adoption de l’IA s’accélère, mais son déploiement à grande échelle  tarde à suivre&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Un  nombre croissant d’organismes de soins de santé canadiens envisagent de  recourir à l’IA pour les aider avec tout ce qui touche la documentation, les  flux de travail et de la patientèle, le triage, les diagnostics, les examens  d’imagerie et la prise de décisions opérationnelles. L’IA ne se limite plus à  la recherche ou à des projets pilotes isolés.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cependant,  le déploiement généralisé de cette technologie dans le système de santé tarde à  se faire.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plusieurs  organismes ont cerné des cas d’utilisation prometteurs et mené des essais  concluants. Par contre, ils sont bien moins nombreux à avoir intégré  complètement l’IA dans leurs activités quotidiennes d’une manière évolutive,  reproductible et qui inspire confiance au personnel médical, à la patientèle et  à la direction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cet  écart est en train de devenir l’un des principaux défis auxquels sont  confrontés les organismes de soins de santé. Les obstacles sont rarement  d’ordre purement technique. Le plus souvent, les organisations sont confrontées  à des défis liés aux structures de gouvernance, aux modèles  d’approvisionnement, aux obligations de protection de la vie privée, aux cadres  de responsabilisation, à la planification de la mise en œuvre et à la  préparation organisationnelle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes de soins de santé ne se demandent donc plus forcément si l’IA  fonctionne, mais plutôt s’ils peuvent la mettre en œuvre en toute confiance  dans le contexte actuel.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Pourquoi est-ce important maintenant?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’état  du réseau de la santé en ce moment rend la conversation sur l’IA plus  pertinente que jamais.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Partout  au Canada, les organismes de soins de santé continuent de faire face à  d’importantes pressions sur leurs effectifs, à un lourd fardeau administratif,  à l’épuisement professionnel de leur personnel et à des défis d’accès aux  soins. Ainsi, plusieurs organismes considèrent l’IA non pas comme une  initiative technologique, mais comme une occasion susceptible de leur permettre  de surmonter une foule d’obstacles. Ce sentiment d’urgence est l’une des  raisons qui expliquent l’importance des discussions sur la mise en œuvre, la  gouvernance et la responsabilisation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans  ces circonstances, l’IA est vue comme un moyen de réduire la charge en matière  de documentation, de faciliter les processus cliniques, d’améliorer  l’efficacité opérationnelle et d’aider la prise de décision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cela  dit, l’adoption de nouvelles technologies dans le réseau de la santé ne se fait  pas aussi simplement que dans certains autres secteurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  déploiement de l’IA pourrait avoir des répercussions sur les soins prodigués à  la patientèle, le jugement clinique, les droits de la protection des  renseignements personnels, la responsabilité des établissements et la confiance  du public. Les décisions quant à la mise en œuvre ont donc des conséquences  différentes de celles qu’elles pourraient avoir dans d’autres secteurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;C’est  entre autres pourquoi la gouvernance est maintenant au cœur des discussions. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;La gouvernance devient une condition préalable à la croissance&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Un  thème récurrent tout au long du symposium était que la gouvernance ne doit plus  être une arrière-pensée.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  gouvernance s’impose de plus en plus comme le lien entre des projets pilotes  réussis et une mise en œuvre durable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes de soins de santé doivent répondre à une série de questions  fondamentales :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Qui  approuve la mise en place d’un système d’IA?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Quelles  données probantes faut-il fournir avant la mise en œuvre?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Qui est  responsable lorsque des problèmes surviennent?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comment  les systèmes seront-ils surveillés au fil du temps?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Dans quels  cas faut-il suspendre, réentraîner, modifier ou abandonner un système?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comment  faut-il consigner et gérer les incidents, les presque exemples et les résultats  imprévus?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  gouvernance porte donc de moins en moins sur l’élaboration de politiques et de  plus en plus sur la mise en place de structures opérationnelles qui favorisent  une utilisation responsable de l’IA tout au long du cycle de vie d’une  organisation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes qui ne parviennent pas à répondre à ces questions pourraient avoir  de la difficulté à aller au-delà des cas d’utilisation isolés, quelles que  soient les capacités de la technologie sous-jacente.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;La protection de la vie privée et la gouvernance des données demeurent  fondamentales &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On  ne peut aborder la question de l’IA dans les soins de santé sans parler de  respect de la vie privée et de gouvernance des données. Le sujet est d’autant  plus d’actualité, puisque le Canada a récemment déposé le projet de  loi C-36, &lt;em&gt;Loi visant à protéger la vie privée et les données des  consommateurs&lt;/em&gt;, qui remplacerait la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur la protection des  renseignements personnels et les documents électroniques&lt;/em&gt; à titre de régime  fédéral de la protection de la confidentialité dans le secteur privé; &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/06/canadas-protecting-privacy-and-consumer-data-act-bill-c36"&gt;BLG a publié un guide détaillé sur  les modifications proposées&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  mise en œuvre de l’IA soulève souvent des enjeux relatifs aux renseignements  sur la santé, à la dépersonnalisation, au consentement, à l’accès des  fournisseurs, à la cybersécurité, à l’utilisation secondaire des données et au  risque de réidentification.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes de soins de santé qui explorent des solutions d’IA particulièrement  complexes doivent trouver un équilibre entre leurs objectifs d’innovation,  leurs obligations légales et les attentes du public.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Il  est important de noter que les enjeux de gouvernance vont au-delà de la  conformité. La confiance du public demeure un facteur essentiel à l’adoption  réussie de l’IA. Les organismes de soins de santé doivent être capables  d’expliquer comment les données sont utilisées, quelles mesures de protection  sont en place et comment la responsabilité est répartie tout au long du  déploiement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  confiance n’est pas simplement une question de communication; il s’agit d’une  exigence opérationnelle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;La discussion sur les normes de diligence commence&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’une  des discussions les plus intéressantes de tout le symposium a porté sur  l’évolution de la relation entre l’IA et les normes de diligence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Par  le passé, les préoccupations ont principalement porté sur les risques associés  à une dépendance excessive aux résultats générés par l’IA. Évidemment, le  personnel médical demeure responsable de l’exercice de son jugement  professionnel et de ses décisions cliniques.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Une  autre question pourrait se poser maintenant que l’adoption de l’IA se  généralise.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Si  plusieurs outils gagnent en précision et en fiabilité et qu’ils deviennent plus  généralement acceptés dans la pratique clinique, le fait de ne pas tenir compte  de certains outils d’IA déjà largement reconnus ne crée-t-il pas une catégorie  de risque distincte?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même  si la législation canadienne n’a pas encore offert de réponses définitives, les  organisations devraient s’attendre à ce qu’une attention accrue soit accordée  aux interactions entre l’IA et les obligations professionnelles, la prise de  décision clinique et la gestion des risques institutionnels.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cette  question revêtira assurément une importance croissante à mesure que l’IA passe  du stade expérimental à celui d’une adoption à plus grande échelle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Les achats et les contrats se rapportant à l’IA deviennent des enjeux  stratégiques &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Un  autre point à retenir du symposium est que bon nombre de risques liés à l’IA  sont, en fin de compte, gérés ou créés par le biais d’ententes contractuelles.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes de soins de santé accordent souvent la priorité à la fonctionnalité  d’un outil proposé. Les modalités régissant la mise en œuvre, la maintenance,  la mise à jour, la surveillance et le soutien de ce dernier au fil du temps  sont toutefois tout aussi importantes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organisations devraient examiner attentivement les éléments suivants :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;répartition  des responsabilités; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;obligations  de respect de la vie privée et de sécurité;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;propriété  des données et utilisations autorisées;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;responsabilité  de mise en œuvre;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;attentes  de rendement; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;droits  d’audit et de signalement;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;obligations  relatives à la mise à jour des modèles, aux fonctionnalités et au  réentraînement;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;interruptions  de service et interventions en cas d’incident;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;exigences  de gouvernance et de surveillance.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’évolution  des systèmes d’IA fait en sorte que les ententes d’approvisionnement, plutôt  que de se limiter à l’acquisition de logiciels, doivent également prendre en  considération la gestion du cycle de vie.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  conclusion de contrat est donc un aspect stratégique de la gouvernance de l’IA,  pas simplement une tâche administrative.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Cinq questions pratiques pour les organismes de soins de santé &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alors  que les organismes de soins de santé évaluent leurs projets d’IA, les équipes  de direction devraient se poser les questions suivantes :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Quel  problème voulons-nous régler?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Quelle  structure de gouvernance supervisera la mise en œuvre et l’utilisation à long  terme?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comment  les risques ayant trait à la protection de la vie privée, la gouvernance des  données et la cybersécurité seront-ils pris en compte?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Quelles  mesures de protection contractuelles sont nécessaires pour gérer les risques de  manière appropriée?&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Comment  l’organisation évaluera-t-elle le rendement, assurera-t-elle le suivi des  résultats et réagira-t-elle aux problèmes après le déploiement?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organismes capables d’apporter des réponses pertinentes à ces questions seront  bien positionnés pour passer de la phase d’expérimentation à une mise en œuvre  durable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Une approche multidisciplinaire est essentielle &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  enjeux entourant l’IA dans le réseau de la santé relèvent rarement d’une seule  discipline juridique ou opérationnelle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ils touchent souvent simultanément au droit  de la santé, à la protection de la vie privée, à la cybersécurité, à  l’approvisionnement en technologies, à la conformité réglementaire, à la  gouvernance, à l’assurance, aux risques de litiges et à la gestion des risques  d’entreprise.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Au  lieu d’aborder un seul enjeu de façon isolée, les organisations ont besoin de  conseils englobant différents points de vue.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chez  BLG, nos équipes &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/health-care"&gt;Droit de la santé&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/cybersecurity-privacy-data-protection"&gt;Cybersécurité et respect de la vie  privée&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="/fr/services/industries/technology-and-communication"&gt;Technologies&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/corporate-commercial"&gt;Droit des sociétés et droit  commercial&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/health-care/health-regulatory"&gt;Réglementation en matière de santé&lt;/a&gt; et &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/disputes"&gt;Litiges&lt;/a&gt; travaillent ensemble pour aider les organismes  de soins de santé à analyser leurs projets d’IA sous différents angles, qu’il  s’agisse d’évaluer les cadres de gouvernance, de négocier des ententes  d’approvisionnement, d’examiner les obligations de protection des  renseignements personnels, d’élaborer des politiques de mise en œuvre ou de  gérer les risques opérationnels et cliniques.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Regard vers l’avenir&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;S’il  y a bien une chose à retenir du symposium de BLG sur l’IA dans le milieu de la  santé canadien, c’est que&lt;strong&gt; cette technologie est passée de l’abstrait au  concret.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organisations qui réussiront au cours des 12 à 24 prochains mois ne  seront pas nécessairement celles qui adopteront l’IA en premier, mais plutôt  celles qui parviendront à la gérer, à l’expliquer, à en assurer la surveillance  et à en assumer la responsabilité une fois qu’elle fera partie intégrante des  activités quotidiennes, en plus de collaborer efficacement avec des tiers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;À  mesure que les organismes de soins de santé passent de l’étape de  l’expérimentation à celle du déploiement, la capacité à encadrer, à surveiller  et à gérer l’IA fera la différence entre les initiatives couronnées de succès  et celles qui échouent. BLG continuera de collaborer avec les hôpitaux, les  organismes de soins de santé, les entreprises de technologie et les autres  acteurs du secteur pour les aider à relever les défis juridiques,  réglementaires, opérationnels et de gouvernance qui accompagnent cette nouvelle  phase d’adoption de l’IA.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Communiquer  avec les personnes qui ont rédigé le présent article ou l’une des  personnes-ressources dont le nom figure ci-après pour discuter de l’incidence  que pourraient avoir sur votre organisation les enjeux de gouvernance de l’IA,  d’approvisionnement et de respect de la vie privée ou les risques cliniques.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nous vous invitons également à vous abonner à  notre bulletin sur l’IA et les soins de santé (en anglais seulement).
&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{4C37A2B5-2753-47D0-A363-E563248D85FF}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/mccarthy-v-bison-transport-ontario-court-upholds-just-cause-dismissal</link><title>McCarthy v. Bison Transport: Ontario court upholds just cause dismissal</title><description>&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;McCarthy v. Bison Transport Inc&lt;/em&gt;., 2026 ONSC 3729, the Ontario Superior  Court of Justice upheld a termination for just cause arising from an employee’s  second failed drug test. The decision highlights the importance of clear  workplace policies, consistent enforcement, and the limits of the duty to  accommodate in the absence of an actual or perceived substance-dependency  disability.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key takeaways for employers on  just cause dismissal&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;McCarthy  v. Bison Transport Inc.&lt;/em&gt; confirms that employers in safety sensitive  industries may rely on breaches of drug and alcohol policies as grounds for  just cause termination, provided those policies are clearly communicated to  employees, consistently enforced and impose consequences proportionate to the  breach.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Employers       may rely on a positive drug test to support termination where an employee       knowingly violates a valid workplace policy.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The       duty to accommodate does not apply where there is no actual or perceived       substance-dependency disability.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Where       an employee has, or is perceived to have, a substance-dependency       disability, employers must accommodate to the point of undue hardship.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Clear       documentation, signed acknowledgements and prior warnings can help       employers show employees understood the policy and the consequences of       breaching it.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Good       faith, transparent termination processes can help reduce the risk of       aggravated and punitive damages. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Background: failed drug tests and  workplace policy enforcement&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mr.  McCarthy worked for Bison Transport, a federally regulated employer, for four  years as a long-haul driver. When he was hired, Mr. McCarthy attended mandatory  training and signed an acknowledgement confirming his understanding that  violations of Bison Transport’s Drug and Alcohol Policy (the Policy) could  result in disciplinary action, including termination. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In  November 2014, Mr. McCarthy failed a random drug test administered in  accordance with Bison Transport’s Drug and Alcohol Testing Procedures. Bison  Transport placed Mr. McCarthy on an unpaid leave of absence and required him to  complete a return-to-work program, including educational programming and  testing requirements. Later that month, Mr. McCarthy returned to work,  undergoing further random drug testing, which he passed. Following his return  to work, Mr. McCarthy signed a written warning expressly advising that any  future failed drug or alcohol tests could result in his immediate termination.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In  October 2017, Mr. McCarthy failed a second drug test. During a subsequent  meeting, he again acknowledged the Policy and his understanding that a second  violation could lead to his termination. Bison Transport terminated his  employment for cause with immediate effect. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mr.  McCarthy commenced a wrongful dismissal action. The Ontario Superior Court of  Justice dismissed his claim, holding that his termination was justified under  the Policy, which was found to be a reasonable one for employees in safety  sensitive positions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Ontario Superior Court of Justice’s  reasoning: policy clarity, good faith and evidentiary proof&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;A  clear and consistently enforced workplace policy can support termination for  just cause&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bison  Transport argued that it had just cause to terminate Mr. McCarthy’s employment  after he violated its Policy by failing a second drug test while employed in a  safety sensitive position. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Court agreed. In its decision, the Court reaffirmed that an employer relying on  a breach of a corporate policy as grounds for termination must prove that the  policy was well-known to the employee, that it was consistently enforced, and  that it imposed consequences proportionate to the implications of the breach. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  evidence showed that the Policy had been clearly communicated to and understood  by Mr. McCarthy and that it was consistently enforced by Bison Transport. The  Court also noted that Mr. McCarthy had acknowledged, following his first failed  drug test in 2014, that a second failed test could result in his immediate  termination. Further, the Court found that the Policy itself was reasonable  given the safety sensitive nature of Mr. McCarthy’s position. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally,  the Court found no evidence that Mr. McCarthy had, or was perceived to have, a  substance addiction or dependency issue that would have triggered Bison  Transport’s duty to accommodate. The Court concluded that, given the  “uncontradicted evidence” that Mr. McCarthy neither suffered from nor was  perceived to suffer from a drug-related disability, Bison Transport had no  obligation to accommodate him and was justified in terminating his employment  for cause following his second failed drug test.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Honest and  transparent termination processes can limit an employer’s damages exposure&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mr.  McCarthy sought damages for breach of contract and breach of the &lt;em&gt;Canadian  Human Rights Act&lt;/em&gt;, as well as aggravated and punitive damages. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Having  found that Mr. McCarthy was not wrongfully dismissed, the Court briefly  considered the damages that would have been awarded had his claim succeeded. In  doing so, it rejected his claim for damages under the &lt;em&gt;Canadian Human Rights  Act&lt;/em&gt;, emphasizing that there was no evidence that he suffered from a  disability or was perceived to have one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Court also dismissed Mr. McCarthy’s claims for aggravated and punitive damages,  finding no evidence to support the allegation that Bison Transport engaged in  unfair, bad-faith or otherwise deliberate unlawful behaviour during his  termination. In contrast, Bison Transport was found to have acted honestly and  transparently throughout the process, motivated by legitimate public safety  concerns. The Court concluded that, even if Mr. McCarthy had been wrongfully  dismissed, Bison Transport's conduct during the termination process did not  warrant an award of aggravated or punitive damages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;What &lt;em&gt;McCarthy v. Bison  Transport Inc. &lt;/em&gt;means for Ontario employers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Employers in safety sensitive industries       may rely on workplace policies, including drug and alcohol policies, to       justify termination for just cause. To do so, however, employers must       ensure their policies are clear, well-communicated to employees, consistently       enforced, and proportionate to the breach. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Employers should maintain complete and       accurate records of policy documents, employee training, signed       acknowledgements, warnings, testing results, and other documentation       showing that employees understand applicable policies, procedures and       consequences. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Random drug and alcohol testing may be       permissible in safety sensitive workplace environments, particularly where       the testing is connected to legitimate safety concerns and implemented       through a reasonable workplace policy.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;If human rights issues are engaged (for       example, in the drug and alcohol context if the employee has or is       perceived to have a drug or alcohol dependency), employers must remain       mindful of the duty to accommodate to the point of undue hardship. On the       other hand, recreational drug use alone, without a dependency, does not       trigger an employer’s duty to accommodate. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Employers can reduce the risk of       aggravated and punitive damages by handling disciplinary and termination       decisions honestly, transparently and in good faith. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;BLG’s  Labour and Employment group can help&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you have questions about just cause dismissal or any other  labour and employment matter, &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/labour-and-employment"&gt;BLG's Labour &amp;  Employment Group&lt;/a&gt; provides strategic advice to employers across  Canada. Reach out to the authors or key contacts for guidance tailored to your  organization. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{C45AD365-A326-4437-A8AD-5C735EB5799E}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/scc-confirms-you-have-a-constitutional-right-to-judicial-review-on-all-issues</link><title>La CSC confirme que la Constitution garantit le droit au contrôle judiciaire pour des questions de fait et de droit</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Dans l’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Démocratie en surveillance c. Canada  (Procureur général)&lt;/em&gt;, la Cour suprême du Canada a confirmé que la  Constitutiongarantit la possibilité de recourir à un contrôle de la  légalité à l’égard de &lt;strong&gt;tous &lt;/strong&gt;les aspects d’une décision administrative.  Les clauses privatives qui empêchent les cours de justice d’exercer cette  fonction de surveillance sont inconstitutionnelles.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Selon la Cour suprême, la surveillance politique générale qu’exerce le  Parlement envers le commissaire aux conflits d’intérêts et à l’éthique (le « commissaire »)  ne représente pas un recours subsidiaire adéquat au contrôle judiciaire des  décisions du commissaire. La Cour a également déclaré inconstitutionnelle une  clause privative partielle qui cherchait à empêcher le contrôle judiciaire des  décisions du commissaire sur des questions de fait et de droit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Points à retenir&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tous les       aspects d’une décision administrative sont susceptibles de contrôle       judiciaire :&lt;/strong&gt; Le       contrôle de la légalité sur des questions de fait et de droit fait partie       du pouvoir essentiel de surveillance dont les cours supérieures sont       investies et qui est protégé par les articles 96 à 101 de la &lt;em&gt;Loi       constitutionnelle de 1867&lt;/em&gt;. La Cour n’a pas retenu la thèse voulant qu’un       contrôle selon la norme de la décision raisonnable prévue dans l’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Vavilov&lt;/em&gt; représente le seuil minimal garanti par la Constitution.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Les       clauses privatives partielles sont inconstitutionnelles : &lt;/strong&gt;La Constitution ne permet pas au pouvoir       législatif d’écarter la compétence de surveillance essentielle des       tribunaux au moyen de clauses privatives, même partielles. Toute clause       privative qu’il n’est pas possible d’interpréter de façon conforme à la       Constitution devrait être frappée de nullité. &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un recours       subsidiaire adéquat doit comporter un contrôle de la légalité et une       réparation appropriée : &lt;/strong&gt;Une cour de justice peut refuser d’examiner une demande de contrôle       judiciaire sur le fond au motif qu’il existe un « recours subsidiaire       adéquat », mais l’autre entité compétente doit pouvoir contrôler la       légalité de la décision contestée et offrir une réparation aussi       appropriée que celle qu’un contrôle judiciaire aurait permise.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La       surveillance politique générale ne peut pas adéquatement remplacer le       contrôle judiciaire : &lt;/strong&gt;Le       Parlement dispose d’un pouvoir général de surveillance sur les actions du       commissaire, mais ce pouvoir n’apportait pas à Démocratie en surveillance       la réparation qu’un contrôle judiciaire aurait offerte, c’est-à-dire le       contrôle de la légalité du rapport du commissaire. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Contexte&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans un rapport déposé le 14 mai 2021, le commissaire a conclu  que le premier ministre de l’époque, Justin Trudeau, n’avait pas enfreint  la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur les conflits d’intérêts&lt;/em&gt;, L.C. 2006,  ch. 9 (la « LCI »), en lien avec deux décisions de  financement impliquant l’organisme de bienfaisance UNIS. Démocratie en  surveillance a ensuite demandé le contrôle judiciaire du rapport à la Cour d’appel  fédérale, soutenant qu’il comportait des erreurs de fait et de droit. Le  procureur général du Canada a déposé une requête en radiation de cette demande,  faisant notamment valoir que la clause privative de l’article 66 de la LCI empêchait tout contrôle judiciaire des conclusions du commissaire sur les  questions de fait et de droit et ne permettait un contrôle que sur les  questions de compétence. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Une formation complète de la Cour d’appel fédérale a accueilli la  requête du procureur général, au motif que Démocratie en surveillance disposait  d’un autre recours approprié, à savoir la surveillance exercée par le Comité  permanent de l’accès à l’information, de la protection des renseignements  personnels et de l’éthique, auquel le commissaire rend compte de l’application  de la LCI chaque année. La Cour d’appel fédérale s’est appuyée sur l’arrêt &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/fr/ca/csc/doc/1989/1989canlii73/1989canlii73.html" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Canada (Vérificateur  général) c. Canada (Ministre de l’Énergie, des Mines et des  Ressources)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, dans  lequel la Cour suprême a jugé que le vérificateur général disposait d’un  recours adéquat (un mécanisme de reddition de comptes au Parlement) pour  contester des décisions du gouverneur en conseil. Ainsi, la Cour d’appel  fédérale a estimé que le pouvoir de surveillance parlementaire du commissaire  constituait un recours subsidiaire adéquat pour Démocratie en surveillance.  Dans une opinion minoritaire, le juge en chef de Montigny aurait également  conclu que la clause privative de l’article 66 faisait barrage à un  contrôle judiciaire, mais la majorité a jugé que la clause privative n’était  pas exécutoire.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;La décision de la Cour suprême du Canada&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour suprême a accueilli le pourvoi de Démocratie en surveillance.  Dans un jugement unanime sous la plume du juge en chef Wagner, elle a statué  que Démocratie en surveillance ne bénéficie d’aucun recours subsidiaire adéquat  et que la Constitution impose un contrôle de la légalité de tous les aspects  des décisions administratives, y compris sur les questions de fait et sur les  questions de droit. Par conséquent, l’article 66 de la LCI, qui  visait à exclure certains aspects de ce contrôle, a été jugé inconstitutionnel  et déclaré sans effet dans la mesure où il fait obstacle au contrôle judiciaire  des questions de fait et de droit. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Un processus politique pour faire appliquer la LCI ne constitue  pas un recours subsidiaire adéquat&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour suprême a statué que la Cour d’appel fédérale avait eu tort de  considérer que la reddition de comptes politique au Parlement, assurée par l’obligation  du commissaire de déposer un rapport annuel, constituait un recours subsidiaire  adéquat. Même si les tribunaux peuvent, à leur discrétion, refuser d’entendre  une demande de contrôle judiciaire sur le fond lorsqu’il existe un recours  subsidiaire adéquat, ce dernier n’est adéquat que s’il permet de contrôler la  légalité de la décision administrative et d’ordonner une réparation appropriée. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour suprême a établi une distinction entre l’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Canada  (Vérificateur général) — &lt;/em&gt;où le vérificateur général avait  lui-même demandé un contrôle judiciaire malgré l’existence d’un recours  subsidiaire de nature politique — et le cas de Démocratie en  surveillance, qui a demandé un contrôle judiciaire en s’appuyant sur la qualité  pour agir dans l’intérêt public et qui ne dispose d’aucun autre recours sous le  régime de la LCI. La surveillance politique par le Parlement ne donne à  Démocratie en surveillance aucun droit de faire contrôler la légalité du  rapport du commissaire. En outre, l’article 47 de la LCI prévoit  que les conclusions du rapport contesté sont définitives et que personne ne  peut les modifier. La Cour suprême du Canada a donc souligné qu’il était  « difficile de voir » quel recours politique le Parlement pourrait  offrir à Démocratie en surveillance. En pratique, seul un recours judiciaire  permettait à l’organisme de faire contrôler la légalité du rapport. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;La Constitution garantit un contrôle de la légalité de décisions sur des  questions de fait et de droit&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Cour suprême a aussi confirmé que la Constitution garantit un  contrôle de la légalité portant sur tous les aspects d’une décision  administrative, y compris les questions de fait et de droit. Au titre des  articles 96 à 101 de la &lt;em&gt;Loi constitutionnelle de 1867&lt;/em&gt;,  les tribunaux assument une fonction constitutionnelle de surveillance de l’administration  publique grâce au contrôle judiciaire de l’exercice des pouvoirs publics. Cette  fonction est essentielle à la primauté du droit, laquelle exige que tout  pouvoir juridique soit exercé dans le respect de ses limites. En soulignant l’importance  du contrôle judiciaire pour la primauté du droit, la Cour suprême suit sa  jurisprudence antérieure, comme l’arrêt &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2024/03/two-routes-to-a-remedy-judicial-review-and-statutory-rights-of-appeal"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Yatar c. TD Assurance  Meloche Monnex&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, qui  réaffirme le caractère constitutionnel du droit de solliciter un contrôle  judiciaire.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dans l’arrêt &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/fr/ca/csc/doc/1981/1981canlii30/1981canlii30.html" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Crevier c. P.G. (Québec)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, la Cour suprême a reconnu qu’une clause  privative ne peut pas empêcher le contrôle judiciaire d’une décision  administrative sur une question de compétence. Elle précise maintenant que cela  ne signifie pas pour autant qu’on puisse soustraire les questions de fait ou de  droit au contrôle judiciaire. Selon la Cour, il faut lire l’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Crevier &lt;/em&gt;dans son contexte historique, en tenant compte de l’évolution de la notion  des « questions de compétence » et des modifications apportées à la  norme de contrôle applicable. L’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Crevier&lt;/em&gt; n’a jamais eu pour  but de permettre aux clauses privatives de soustraire des conclusions de fait  ou de droit déraisonnables au contrôle judiciaire.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ceci étant dit, la Cour n’a pas retenu la thèse avancée par certaines  parties et certains intervenants voulant que le contrôle d’après la norme de la  décision raisonnable, telle qu’elle est énoncée dans l’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Vavilov&lt;/em&gt;,  représente le minimum constitutionnel garanti. Selon elle, les normes de  contrôle issues de la common law ont évolué dans le passé et peuvent  encore évoluer. Elle a donc choisi de réserver cette question pour une autre  occasion. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En conséquence, toute disposition législative qui aurait pour effet de  soustraire des décisions au pouvoir de surveillance des tribunaux est  inconstitutionnelle. La Cour suprême a jugé que l’article 66 de la LCI,  qui vise à exclure le contrôle judiciaire de questions de fait et de droit, ne  pouvait pas recevoir une interprétation compatible avec la Constitution; elle l’a  donc déclaré inopérant. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’arrêt &lt;em&gt;Démocratie en surveillance&lt;/em&gt; jouera un rôle déterminant  dans l’affaire de &lt;em&gt;La Compagnie des chemins de fer nationaux du  Canada c. Alberta Pacific Forest Industries Inc.&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://scc-csc.lexum.com/scc-csc/scc-l-csc-a/fr/item/21378/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;42092&lt;/a&gt;), dont le plus haut tribunal du pays instruira  l’appel en novembre. La Cour devra se prononcer sur la constitutionnalité de l’article 18.5  de la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur les Cours fédérales&lt;/em&gt;, disposition qui soustrait à la  compétence de la Cour fédérale les demandes de contrôle judiciaire de questions  susceptibles d’être portées en appel devant le gouverneur en conseil. BLG  représente le CN dans l’appel. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{624049C9-B7B7-4B6E-98CB-B8517A229870}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/what-ciro-is-doing-enforcement-report-for-2025-2026</link><title>What CIRO is doing: Enforcement report for 2025-2026</title><description>&lt;p&gt;On  July 22, 2026, the Canadian Investment Regulatory Organization (CIRO)  released its enforcement report for the 2026 fiscal year, from April 1, 2025,  to March 31, 2026 (the Report), which &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.ciro.ca/sites/default/files/2026-07/CIRO-Enforcement-Report-2026.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;can be found here&lt;/a&gt;. The Report covers enforcement activities and priorities  for both investment and mutual fund dealers over the past year and notes that  most integration priorities have now been completed. CIRO “continues to  modernize its regulatory approach by integrating systems, policies and  processes to strengthen regulatory effectiveness.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key  CIRO enforcement trends for investment and mutual fund dealers &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We  have excerpted some important findings from the Report and believe these trends  will continue in the year ahead:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start="1" style="list-style-type: decimal;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;CIRO focuses on       dealer supervision, gatekeeping and compliance systems:
    &lt;ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"&gt;
        &lt;li&gt;CIRO continues        to focus on cases involving system issues, dealer supervision and        gatekeeping. While there are still individual misconduct cases, there is        a noticeable shift toward scrutinizing firms’ compliance systems with a        focus on &lt;em&gt;preventing&lt;/em&gt; misconduct,        not simply responding to it.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;/ol&gt;
    &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;CIRO pursues       fewer enforcement proceedings with higher fines:
    &lt;ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"&gt;
        &lt;li&gt;Year over year,        proceedings commenced and concluded have decreased, but sanctions and        disgorgement have significantly increased. This means CIRO is prosecuting        fewer cases but pursuing higher-value proceedings.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;/ol&gt;
    &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;CIRO harmonizes       MFDA and IIROC enforcement systems:
    &lt;ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"&gt;
        &lt;li&gt;The  Report emphasizes that the MFDA and IIROC systems have merged and are operating  as one system.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;/ol&gt;
    &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;CIRO  enforcement activity in 2026 focuses on investor protection and market  integrity &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Report highlights that in 2026, CIRO hearing panels imposed more than $15  million in sanctions. The Report also notes that suspensions and permanent bars  were imposed, predominantly against individuals, and that CIRO continued to  pursue disgorgement orders. The cases advanced focused on the effectiveness of  supervision and internal controls, as well as the obligation of regulated  entities and individuals to act as gatekeepers to the capital markets.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO  also continued to refer cases to the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA).  In the 2026 fiscal year, 86 market-related cases were referred, including 32  manipulation cases, nine insider trading cases and 45 other &lt;em&gt;Securities Act&lt;/em&gt;  violations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This  year, the Report focuses on cases involving the protection of investors from  unfair, improper or fraudulent practices, improving industry standards and  promoting market integrity:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="list-style-type: disc;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Against firms,       the Report noted several decisions related to breaches of supervisory       obligations and a lack of due diligence in the opening and operation of       accounts.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Against       individual regulated persons, the Report drew attention to decisions       relating to discretionary trading, misappropriation of client funds and       unauthorized transfers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;CIRO  enforcement statistics show higher sanctions and changing complaint trends &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Report includes a detailed summary of statistics on sanctions imposed in 2026,  the fine collection rate and the number of complaints, investigations and  enforcement proceedings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In  2026, there were a total of nine decisions against firms, compared with seven  decisions in 2025 and 10 decisions in 2024. The quantum of monetary sanctions  against firms more than doubled in 2026, reversing the decline seen between  2024 and 2025. Dealers were collectively ordered to pay a total of $4,097,500  in fines in 2026, up from $2,400,000 in 2025. Dealers were also ordered to  disgorge a total of $4,305,790, a nearly sevenfold increase from $623,925 in  2025.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As  for individuals, total fines ordered increased from $4,992,523 in 2025, in  connection with 50 decisions, to $6,266,999 in 2026, in connection with 39  decisions. The quantum of disgorgement decreased from $1,718,059 in 2025 to  $958,684 in 2026, though this amount remains higher than the $427,997 in  disgorgement in 2024. There was also a decrease in the number of suspensions,  conditions and permanent bars compared with 2025.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  number of Complaints and Settlement Reporting System (ComSet) complaints  increased substantially, from 3,833 in 2025 to 6,426 in 2026. However, CIRO  attributed the increase to several large mutual fund dealer members filing  service-related and other events in ComSet that were not previously reported in  the Member Event Tracking System (METS) and noted that the additional  events did not raise regulatory concerns or increase the number of enforcement  cases opened.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Notably,  2026 saw a year-over-year decrease in enforcement proceedings, both commenced  and concluded, continuing the trend from 2024 to 2025. The majority of  concluded proceedings were settlement hearings, with the firms or registered  individuals involved agreeing to the imposed sanctions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Increased scrutiny for  regulated firms &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO’s 2025-26  enforcement report signals a continued focus on stronger supervision, effective  compliance systems and meaningful consequences for misconduct. Regulated firms  should review their internal controls, supervision practices and gatekeeping  obligations to ensure they are prepared for increased scrutiny in the year  ahead. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{9055806C-2BD7-41D6-8F9C-343CCE43480B}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/ri/the-clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements</link><title>The clean economy ITC labour requirements: How they work, new CRA guidance and some residual issues</title><description>&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;NOTE: For a print-friendly version of this document that includes visuals and tables, please download and print the .pdf file.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canada’s clean economy  investment tax credits (ITCs) constitute a major tax policy expenditure  supporting Canada’s efforts to achieve a net-carbon-zero economy by 2050. These  ITCs, which are explained and &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2024/ri/canadas-2024-federal-budget-update-on-green-itcs"&gt;summarized here&lt;/a&gt;, are often a critical  element in the financial viability of many carbon capture, energy generation,  battery storage and other clean economy projects.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; While the details of  the different clean economy ITCs vary somewhat, they generally follow a more or  less common format:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt; eligible taxpayers, generally taxable Canadian corporations, incur expenditures  that qualify for a particular clean economy ITC (“qualifying expenditures”),  generally being the cost of specific tangible property designated as  ITC-eligible, such as a wind turbine;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;qualifying expenditures generally include the full cost of acquiring and  installing ITC-eligible property and putting it into active service, but  generally exclude “preliminary work activity” such as front-end design or  engineering work; and &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;for each taxation year, the eligible taxpayer claims an amount of the  particular clean economy ITC equal to total qualifying expenditures for that  year, reduced by any “government assistance” received or receivable by the  taxpayer, multiplied by the &lt;strong&gt;ITC rate&lt;/strong&gt; for that particular clean economy  ITC. This is done by completing and filing the prescribed form applicable to  that particular clean economy ITC &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/03/canada-extends-clean-economy-itc-filing-deadlines"&gt;by the  deadline&lt;/a&gt; permitted for so doing. Prescribed forms and other information can be found on  the Canada Revenue Agency’s &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/tax/businesses/topics/corporations/business-tax-credits/clean-economy-itc.html" target="_blank"&gt;clean economy ITC webpage&lt;/a&gt;. The amount of ITC  the taxpayer is entitled to is credited to the taxpayer’s CRA account and  either reduces its taxes owing or is paid to the taxpayer. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Taxpayer’s $ ITC  entitlement = ITC rate × $ taxpayer’s qualifying expenditures &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When it comes to the  ITC rate, the taxpayer has a choice to make when claiming the ITC and  completing the required prescribed form (except for the Clean Technology  Manufacturing ITC, to which the labour requirements do not apply). If a taxpayer  elects to meet the “labour requirements” set out in &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html" target="_blank"&gt;s.  127.46 ITA&lt;/a&gt;, it may claim the particular clean economy ITC at the  “regular tax credit rate.” This means the full ITC rate specified in the  legislation, such as 30 per cent for the Clean Technology ITC, 15 per cent for  the Clean Electricity ITC and so on. Otherwise, the taxpayer may claim only the  “reduced tax credit rate,” being 10 percentage points lower than the “regular  tax credit rate,” &lt;em&gt;viz.&lt;/em&gt;, 20 per cent for the Clean Technology ITC, five  per cent for the Clean Electricity ITC and so on. It is not uncommon on major  clean economy projects for the difference between the regular and reduced ITC  rate to amount to tens of millions of dollars, or more on the largest projects.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If a taxpayer elects  to meet the labour requirements (which consist of a “prevailing wage  requirement” and an “apprenticeship requirement”) but does not in fact meet  them, there are two possible outcomes as regards the ITC rate:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;if the CRA determines that the taxpayer failed to meet those requirements  “knowingly or in circumstances amounting to gross negligence” (the &lt;strong&gt;K/GN  Standard&lt;/strong&gt;), the taxpayer effectively suffers a 15 per cent ITC rate reduction,  &lt;em&gt;i.e&lt;/em&gt;., what would normally be a 30 per cent rate for the Clean Technology ITC  essentially becomes 15 per cent instead, a catastrophic result for many clean  economy projects; or&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;otherwise, the taxpayer gets the  regular tax credit rate but must pay a &lt;em&gt;per diem&lt;/em&gt; tax in ss. 127.46(6) or  (7) to the CRA and top-up payments to any underpaid employees.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hence, the K/GN  Standard constitutes a fork in the road for establishing the consequences of  labour requirements non-compliance.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The discussion that  follows describes some of the interpretive and practical issues associated with  the labour requirements, and reviews the conclusions reached by the CRA’s  Income Tax Rulings Directorate (Rulings) in &lt;a href="/-/media/insights/2026/documents/cra-views-interpretationexternal-2025-1081341e5.pdf"&gt;CRA document 2025-1081341E5&lt;/a&gt;, dated April 28, 2026 (the New CRA Guidance). In the New CRA Guidance,  Rulings answers questions about a situation where the taxpayer has engaged a  contractor whose employees (1) are not covered by an eligible collective  agreement and (2) are paid less than what the labour requirements prescribe to  be the compensation necessary to comply with the “prevailing wage” element of  the labour requirements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The New CRA Guidance  makes the following interpretive determinations:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt; in a situation where no eligible collective agreement applies to covered  workers who have been paid less than the prevailing wage, the taxpayer can  correct this deficiency, &lt;em&gt;i.e&lt;/em&gt;., pay these workers the shortfall to bring them up  to the prevailing wage, any time before the taxpayer prepares and files their  ITC claim for the relevant taxation year &lt;strong&gt;and be in full compliance&lt;/strong&gt; with  this element of the prevailing wage requirement. As a result of being in  compliance, the &lt;em&gt;per diem&lt;/em&gt; tax in s. 127.46(6) will not be applicable, and  the late payment of these workers will not prevent the taxpayer from attesting  to having met the labour requirements or risk transgressing the K/GN Standard  if the taxpayer elects to meet the labour requirements and claim the regular  tax credit rate; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;in cases where the &lt;em&gt;per diem&lt;/em&gt; tax in s. 127.46(6) &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; apply, it is computed with reference to the  number of days of work for which the relevant worker was not paid the  prevailing wage, &lt;em&gt;viz.&lt;/em&gt;, “each day” means “each day of work for which the  worker was short-paid,” not “each day such shortfall remains unpaid” or any  other interpretation;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;a taxpayer who has actual knowledge of a prevailing wage requirement deficiency  cannot remedy it so as to come into compliance by paying the top-up penalty  described in s. 127.46(13) to the CRA; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;a taxpayer who has actual knowledge of a prevailing wage requirement deficiency  for a particular taxation year, elects to meet the labour requirements and  claims the regular tax credit rate for that year risks transgressing the K/GN  Standard and the very adverse consequences that entails, and should instead  claim only the reduced tax credit rate for that year; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;a taxpayer may claim the reduced  tax credit rate in one taxation year without thereby disentitling itself from  claiming the regular tax credit rate in other years, &lt;em&gt;viz.&lt;/em&gt;, the reference  to “each installation taxation year” in s. 127.46(2) should not be interpreted  as requiring a taxpayer to elect to meet the labour requirements for &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; installation taxation year in respect of any particular clean economy ITC; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;where a taxpayer does transgress  the K/GN Standard in respect of a particular taxation year, the adverse  implications of that are limited to that particular taxation year, &lt;em&gt;viz.&lt;/em&gt;,  the reference in s. 127.46(9)(a) to being “not entitled to the regular tax  credit rate” is limited to &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; taxation year (referred to in s.  127.46(9) as the “claim year”).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This article goes on  to address an apparent legislative gap in the rules relating to the K/GN  Standard that is problematic where an ITC claimant knows, or strongly suspects,  some element of the prevailing wage requirement has not been met for one or  more covered workers, and is practically unable to remedy the situation in a  way that meets the definition of “compliance” within the meaning of the  statute. For example, where a covered worker is an employee of a contractor or  subcontractor retained by the taxpayer to work on the project, &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, the  taxpayer has no direct relationship with the relevant employee, the taxpayer  may have no practical ability to ensure that any shortfall is paid to the  employee if the contractor becomes unco-operative, goes out of business or  loses contact with the employee.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Read literally, the  rules as drafted would appear to prevent such a taxpayer from claiming the  regular tax credit rate for fear of being found to have “knowingly or in  circumstances amounting to gross negligence failed to meet those requirements”  if they claim the regular tax credit rate. Such a taxpayer would thus be forced  into claiming only the reduced tax credit rate because the compliance  deficiency, no matter how small, they are aware of is one they do not have the  ability to fix. The imposition of a 10 per cent ITC rate reduction for the &lt;em&gt;entire  amount&lt;/em&gt; of the taxpayer’s clean economy ITC claim for the year seems  profoundly disproportionate and unfair in such circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fundamentally, some  mechanism is needed for allowing a taxpayer who is aware of a compliance  deficiency and is willing to address it to do so in a way that is considered to  constitute “compliance” with the labour requirements, allowing the taxpayer to  claim the regular tax credit rate without fear of transgressing the K/GN  Standard.&lt;/strong&gt; For  example, deeming self-reported compliance deficiencies not to meet the K/GN  Standard would encourage taxpayers trying to meet the policy objectives of the  labour requirements to do so rather than opt out of them and claim the reduced  tax credit rate, a lose-lose outcome.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;I. The labour requirements: Overview &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The labour  requirements are intended to “&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.budget.canada.ca/fes-eea/2022/report-rapport/chap2-en.html#a7:~:text=To%20incentivize%20companies%20to%20create%20good%20jobs" target="_blank"&gt;incentivize  companies to create good jobs”&lt;/a&gt;. They are modelled on similar requirements  that exist under comparable U.S. tax credit legislation, although they are used  in the U.S. for other purposes and American taxpayers have decades of  experience in dealing with them. The labour requirements have two distinct  elements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;the “&lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(3)%C2%A0For,to%20the%20Minister.#:~:text=(3)%C2%A0For,to%20the%20Minister." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(3)%C2%A0For,to%20the%20Minister.';"&gt;prevailing wage requirements&lt;/a&gt;”, which require “covered workers” to be adequately  compensated for the “preparation or installation” of ITC-eligible property at  the taxpayer’s work site (herein, P&amp;I Work); and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;the “&lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(5)%C2%A0For%20the,the%20designated%20work%20site.#:~:text=(5)%C2%A0For%20the,the%20designated%20work%20site." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(5)%C2%A0For%20the,the%20designated%20work%20site.';"&gt;apprenticeship requirements&lt;/a&gt;”, which require the taxpayer to make reasonable efforts to  ensure that apprentices registered in &lt;a rel=#:~:text=(5)%C2%A0For%20the,the%20designated%20work%20site.';"noopener noreferrer" href="https://red-seal.ca/eng/welcome.shtml" target="_blank"&gt;Red Seal trades&lt;/a&gt; (or &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20trade%E2%80%82means%2C%20for%20a%20province%20using%20the%20Red%20Seal%20Program%20for%20a%20particular%20trade%2C%20the%20relevant%20Red%20Seal%20trade%20managed%20by%20the%20Canadian%20Council%20of%20Directors%20of%20Apprenticeship%20and%2C%20in%20any%20other%20case%2C%20an%20equivalent%20provincially%20registered%20trade.#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20trade%E2%80%82means%2C%20for%20a%20province%20using%20the%20Red%20Seal%20Program%20for%20a%20particular%20trade%2C%20the%20relevant%20Red%20Seal%20trade%20managed%20by%20the%20Canadian%20Council%20of%20Directors%20of%20Apprenticeship%20and%2C%20in%20any%20other%20case%2C%20an%20equivalent%20provincially%20registered%20trade." target="_blank"&gt;equivalent  provincially registered trade&lt;/a&gt;) work at least 10 per  cent of the hours worked during the year by “covered workers” who are &lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20worker%E2%80%82means%20a%20covered%20worker%20whose%20duties%20are%2C%20or%20are%20equivalent%20to%2C%20those%20duties%20normally%20performed%20by%20workers%20in%20a%20Red%20Seal%20trade.#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20worker%E2%80%82means%20a%20covered%20worker%20whose%20duties%20are%2C%20or%20are%20equivalent%20to%2C%20those%20duties%20normally%20performed%20by%20workers%20in%20a%20Red%20Seal%20trade." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20worker%E2%80%82means%20a%20covered%20worker%20whose%20duties%20are%2C%20or%20are%20equivalent%20to%2C%20those%20duties%20normally%20performed%20by%20workers%20in%20a%20Red%20Seal%20trade.';"&gt;Red Seal workers&lt;/a&gt; performing P&amp;I Work at the taxpayer’s project site. For this purpose, &lt;a href=#:~:text=Red%20Seal%20worker%E2%80%82means%20a%20covered%20worker%20whose%20duties%20are%2C%20or%20are%20equivalent%20to%2C%20those%20duties%20normally%20performed%20by%20workers%20in%20a%20Red%20Seal%20trade.';"https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(16)%C2%A0For,a)%20and%20(b)." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(16)%C2%A0For,a)%20and%20(b).';"&gt;a safe harbour rule&lt;/a&gt; deems the taxpayer to have met this requirement where it  takes the prescribed actions.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;“Covered workers” &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A key concept of both  labour requirements is “&lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=covered%20worker%E2%80%82means,Protection%20Regulations.#:~:text=covered%20worker%E2%80%82means,Protection%20Regulations." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=covered%20worker%E2%80%82means,Protection%20Regulations.';"&gt;covered workers&lt;/a&gt;”,  defined as an individual:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;who is an employee (whether of the  taxpayer or someone else, such as a contractor retained by the taxpayer or  sub-contractor of such contractor) engaged in P&amp;I Work;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;whose duties at the taxpayer’s work  site are primarily manual or physical; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;who is neither an administrative,  clerical or executive employee nor a “&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ircc.canada.ca/english/helpcentre/answer.asp?qnum=434&amp;top=16" target="_blank"&gt;business  visitor to Canada&lt;/a&gt;” as described in section 187 of the &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR-2002-227/" target="_blank"&gt;Immigration and Refugee Protection Regulations&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The “covered worker”  definition raises various interpretive questions. For example, the scope of  what constitutes P&amp;I Work is a matter of some judgment. As a general rule,  it seems logical to presume that the scope of P&amp;I Work would not include activities  that are excluded from ITC eligibility. For example, one would think that  activities excluded from eligibility for the CCUS ITC as “&lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.44.html?wbdisable=true#:~:text=preliminary%20CCUS%20work,de%20CUSC)#:~:text=preliminary%20CCUS%20work,de%20CUSC)" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.44.html?wbdisable=true#:~:text=preliminary%20CCUS%20work,de%20CUSC)';"&gt;preliminary CCUS work activity&lt;/a&gt;” generally should not be considered to be “preparation or  installation” of CCUS ITC-eligible property, by virtue of being “preliminary to  the acquisition, construction, fabrication or installation of” such  property.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To some degree, this  is supported by a careful reading of the ITC legislation and, in particular,  the “covered worker” definition, which refers to the preparation or  installation “of” ITC-eligible property. Some looser connection between the  preparation/installation work and the ITC-eligible property could have been  used, such as preparation or installation activities “relating to” or “in  respect of” ITC-eligible property. The choice was made to limit activities that  are in-scope of the labour requirements as P&amp;I Work to those with a closer,  more direct link between ITC-eligible property and the in-scope activities  created by the use of the preposition “of.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this regard, &lt;a href="/-/media/insights/2026/documents/cra-views-interpretationexternal-2025-1081921e5.pdf"&gt;CRA  document 2025-1081921E5&lt;/a&gt;, dated February 25, 2026, is  interesting.  It considered the case of a  very large property described in Class 57(a) to be used in a carbon capture  project. This property required a large  hole to be excavated, and pilings installed in the hole in order to create a  concrete foundation to permanently support the ITC-eligible property.  The foundation constituted a Class 57(f)  property&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; so as to be itself be ITC-eligible, leading Rulings to conclude as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;As a result, Canco  would be subject to the labour requirements for the preparation or installation  of the Foundation (a specified property), provided that Canco elects to meet  the labour requirements under subsection 127.46(2). In our view, this would include  the excavation of the hole into which the Foundation will be placed, the  installation of the pilings and the pouring of the concrete to construct the  Foundation. All of these activities are part of the installation of the  Foundation and therefore would constitute the “preparation or installation of  specified property” for purposes of the labour requirements in section 127.46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similarly, it will not  always be clear whether a particular worker’s P&amp;I Work duties are  “primarily manual or physical in nature.” For example, a foreman directly  supervising the activities of those who are engaged in manual P&amp;I Work may  not meet this test in many cases, depending on their actual duties, while a  lead hand who is herself operating machinery while advising less-experienced  workers often will. Presumably, the key distinction is how frequently a  worker’s duties involve hands-on activity versus supervising those engaged in  such work. This would be consistent with CRA document 2025-1070641E5, dated  Oct. 2, 2025, where Rulings states: “It is our view that the  phrase ‘manual or physical in nature’ as it appears in the definition of  ‘covered worker’ within the Labour Requirements refers to those duties that  involve physical exertion (including using tools or machines to perform the  physical labour) as opposed to mental exertion.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is also CRA  guidance as to what constitutes the taxpayer’s work site, being the geographic  location where activities are potentially in-scope of the labour requirements.  In &lt;a href="/-/media/insights/2026/documents/cra-views-interpretationexternal-2025-1070641e5.pdf"&gt;CRA document 2025-1070641E5&lt;/a&gt;, Rulings stated as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;In our view, a work  site will only be a designated work site of an incentive claimant if the work  site is at the disposal of the incentive claimant, based on a textual,  contextual and purposive analysis of section 127.46. This could include a work  site that the incentive claimant owns, rents or to which the incentive claimant  otherwise has legal access, provided that it has control over the work site and  can access it at its own discretion.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style="position:relative;width:auto;padding:0 0 95.79%;height:0;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;border:0 none;" id="experience-babd67c576dc" data-aspectratio="1.04395604" data-mobile-aspectratio="0.37974684"&gt;&lt;iframe src="https://view.ceros.com/borden-ladner-gervais/clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements-1-1-1-1-61db5236-9963c007?heightOverride=910" style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;padding:0;border:0 none;height:1px;width:1px;min-height:100%;min-width:100%;" frameborder="0" class="ceros-experience" title="ITC Labour requirements overview chart 1_EN" scrolling="no"&gt;sandbox="allow-scripts allow-same-origin allow-popups allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox"&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3 style="text-align: left;"&gt;The prevailing wage  requirements &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The prevailing wage  requirements consist of three distinct components: a compensation element (s.  127.46(3)(b)(i)), an attestation element (s. 127.46(3)(b)(ii)) and a notice  element (s. 127.46(3)(b)(iii)). First, the &lt;strong&gt;compensation element&lt;/strong&gt; mandates  that all covered workers be compensated for their P&amp;I Work either (1) in  accordance with any &lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=eligible%20collective%20agreement%E2%80%82means,%C2%A0a%20prescribed%20agreement.#:~:text=eligible%20collective%20agreement%E2%80%82means,%C2%A0a%20prescribed%20agreement." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=eligible%20collective%20agreement%E2%80%82means,%C2%A0a%20prescribed%20agreement.';"&gt;eligible collective agreement&lt;/a&gt; applicable to that worker or (2) if no such eligible  collective agreement applies, in an amount no less than the non-overtime wages  and benefits specified in the eligible collective agreement that most closely  aligns with the covered worker’s experience level, tasks and location. It is  unclear whether the text is to be read literally as creating a substantively  broader requirement when an eligible collective agreement applies, i.e., the  taxpayer becomes non-compliant if &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; term of that eligible collective  agreement isn’t fully met. To date, the CRA has not provided any guidance on  this point, although from a tax policy perspective it seems counterintuitive to  hold employers governed by an eligible collective agreement to a more stringent  standard for ITC purposes than other employers. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style="position:relative;width:auto;padding:0 0 77.89%;height:0;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;border:0 none;" id="experience-dd2fb648ceba" data-aspectratio="1.28378378"&gt;&lt;iframe src="https://view.ceros.com/borden-ladner-gervais/clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements-en-1-1-1-1-61db5236?heightOverride=740" style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;padding:0;border:0 none;height:1px;width:1px;min-height:100%;min-width:100%;" frameborder="0" class="ceros-experience" title="ITC Prevailing Wage Requirement chart 2_EN" scrolling="no"&gt;sandbox="allow-scripts allow-same-origin allow-popups allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox"&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, the &lt;strong&gt;notice  element&lt;/strong&gt; requires the taxpayer to meet a &lt;a href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(iii)%C2%A0it,to%20the%20Minister.#:~:text=(iii)%C2%A0it,to%20the%20Minister." rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" onclick="event.preventDefault(); window.location.href='https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/acts/I-3.3/section-127.46.html#:~:text=(iii)%C2%A0it,to%20the%20Minister.';"&gt;job site notice requirement&lt;/a&gt;, while the &lt;strong&gt;attestation element&lt;/strong&gt; requires the  taxpayer to attest that it has (1) in fact met the compensation element of the  prevailing wage requirement for its own employees and (2) taken reasonable  steps to ensure the employers of any other covered workers, &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, contractors,  subcontractors and others, have done likewise. The CRA has provided &lt;a rel=#:~:text=(iii)%C2%A0it,to%20the%20Minister.';"noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/tax/businesses/topics/corporations/business-tax-credits/clean-economy-itc/labour-requirements-itc.html#eligible:~:text=tasks%2C%20and%20location-,Covered%20workers%20employed%20by%20another%20person%20or%20partnership,and%20installation%20of%20the%20specified%20property%20at%20your%20designated%20work%20sites,-Communicating%20the%20prevailing" target="_blank"&gt;guidance  online&lt;/a&gt; as  to what “reasonable steps” means. The New CRA Guidance includes further  commentary on how a taxpayer can demonstrate that “reasonable steps” have been  taken.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The attestation  element is &lt;strong&gt;not &lt;/strong&gt;an attestation to having actually met the prevailing wage  requirements. Instead, it requires the  taxpayer to attest to having in fact met the prevailing wage requirements as  regards &lt;em&gt;its own&lt;/em&gt; employees, but only to having “taken reasonable steps to  ensure that any covered workers employed by any other person” have been  compensated in accordance with the required standard.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is also important  to understand that while the apprenticeship requirements can be definitively  met by making “reasonable efforts” to achieve a specified result,&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; the same is not true of the prevailing wage requirements. To comply with the prevailing wage  requirements, one must &lt;em&gt;in fact&lt;/em&gt; achieve the prescribed results:  reasonable efforts do not suffice.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is thus a gap  between what a taxpayer must attest to as part of meeting the prevailing wage  requirements and what the taxpayer must actually achieve in order to meet them  and thereby comply with the prevailing wage requirements. Specifically, while  meeting the &lt;em&gt;attestation element&lt;/em&gt; of the prevailing wage requirements  requires only “reasonable steps” of the taxpayer as regards the employees of  contractors and subcontractors, meeting the &lt;em&gt;compensation element&lt;/em&gt; demands  that all covered workers have &lt;strong&gt;in fact&lt;/strong&gt; been compensated as required. In  many cases, this is not always entirely within the taxpayer’s control.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are two  principal implications from the fact that making “reasonable efforts” to comply  with the compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements is  insufficient to have complied with the prevailing wage requirements:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;if the “normal” compliance  deficiency rules apply (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, the taxpayer’s actions do not meet the K/GN  Standard), the applicable penalty/remediation provisions effectively hold the  taxpayer strictly liable for any deficiency in paying the prevailing wage to &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; covered workers, not just the taxpayer’s own employees. Simply making  “reasonable efforts” towards complying with the prevailing wage requirements is  not enough to avoid the consequences of failing to actually meet them; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt; a taxpayer who has taken reasonable steps to prevent a compliance deficiency as  to the compensation element of a contractor’s covered employees but who is  aware a deficiency exists (1) can truthfully make the necessary attestation,  but (2) risks the consequences of s. 127.46(9) if it claims at the regular tax  credit rate while having knowledge of the contractor’s compliance deficiency.  Put another way, making reasonable efforts to ensure that contractors meet the  compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements may not be good enough  to claim the regular tax credit rate without transgressing the K/GN Standard if  the taxpayer knows of, or perhaps strongly suspects, that a compliance  deficiency exists. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;II. Labour requirements compliance &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As noted, taxpayers  claiming clean economy ITCs have a choice. A taxpayer can choose not to elect  to meet the labour requirements and simply claim the relevant ITC at the  reduced tax credit rate. Alternatively, if a taxpayer elects to meet the labour  requirements and is determined not to have fully complied with them, the  consequences depend on whether the taxpayer’s actions are considered to have  met the K/GN Standard or not. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style="position:relative;width:auto;padding:0 0 142.11%;height:0;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;border:0 none;" id="experience-6ce7e30a1705" data-aspectratio="0.70370370"&gt;&lt;iframe src="https://view.ceros.com/borden-ladner-gervais/clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements-1-1-1-1-61db5236-9963c007-cad36e81?heightOverride=1350" style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;padding:0;border:0 none;height:1px;width:1px;min-height:100%;min-width:100%;" frameborder="0" class="ceros-experience" title="Claim Regular ITC Rate chart 3_EN" scrolling="no"&gt;sandbox="allow-scripts allow-same-origin allow-popups allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox"&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Non-compliance: Normal  circumstances &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In “normal”  circumstances where the K/GN Standard is not met, the consequences of  non-compliance are much less severe. The taxpayer’s entitlement to the regular  tax credit rate remains undisturbed. However, a taxpayer who has not complied  with the apprenticeship requirements is liable to pay, as additional Part I  tax, an additional $50&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; for each hour of work that was required to be performed  by apprentices registered in Red Seal trades on P&amp;I Work for the year in  order to meet the statutory target but was not, under s. 127.46(7). A taxpayer  that has not complied with the prevailing wage requirements faces two  sanctions: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;s. 127.46(6), which obligates the taxpayer to pay, as additional Part I tax,  “an amount equal to $20&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; for each day in the installation taxation year on which  the covered worker was not paid the prevailing wage” (the s. 127.46(6) &lt;em&gt;per  diem&lt;/em&gt; tax); and &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;ss. 127.46(11)-(14), which applies where the CRA has notified the taxpayer of a  compliance deficiency and which obligates the taxpayer to either make up any  deficiency in the compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements (plus interest) to the short-paid employee (a top-up amount) or pay 120 per cent  of that amount to the CRA as a penalty.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Amounts paid as  additional tax or penalty are non-deductible, while penalties are potentially  eligible for CRA relief under s. 220(3.1) in appropriate circumstances. Top-up  amounts are treated as salary and wages and so are deductible to the payer when  paid, but are excluded from being eligible for the relevant clean economy ITC  under s. 127.46(14).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The wording of the &lt;em&gt;per  diem&lt;/em&gt; tax in s. 127.46(6) reads as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(6)&lt;/strong&gt; Unless subsection (9) applies, if an incentive  claimant claims a specified tax credit at a regular tax credit rate in a  taxation year but does not meet the prevailing wage requirements in respect of  a covered worker for one or more days in an installation taxation year in  respect of that specified tax credit, there shall be added to the tax payable  under this Part for the installation taxation year by the incentive claimant an  amount equal to $20 for each day in the installation taxation year on which the  covered worker was not paid the prevailing wage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is some degree  of interpretive uncertainty as to the scope of “each day in the installation  taxation year on which the covered worker was not paid the prevailing wage.”  Specifically, this phrase could be read as describing each day of work for which  a particular worker received less than the prevailing wage, or potentially as  each day during the year where the shortfall for any such underpaid work date  remained outstanding and unpaid. The New CRA Guidance resolves this question,  indicating that the former is the correct interpretation in the answer to  Question 2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;div style="position:relative;width:auto;padding:0 0 138.11%;height:0;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;border:0 none;" id="experience-d5bba3659e4d" data-aspectratio="0.72408537"&gt;&lt;iframe src="https://view.ceros.com/borden-ladner-gervais/clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements-en-1-1-1-1-61db5236-9963c007-cad36e81-106932c3?heightOverride=1312" style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;padding:0;border:0 none;height:1px;width:1px;min-height:100%;min-width:100%;" frameborder="0" class="ceros-experience" title="Labour Requirements Compliance 4_EN" scrolling="no"&gt;sandbox="allow-scripts allow-same-origin allow-popups allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox"&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non-compliance:  Knowingly or in circumstances amounting to gross negligence&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if the  taxpayer is determined to have failed to comply knowingly or in circumstances  amounting to gross negligence, ostensibly on &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; element of the labour  requirements and in &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; amount, it effectively suffers a 15 per cent ITC  rate reduction, &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, what would normally be 30 per cent for the Clean  Technology ITC effectively becomes 15 per cent. The maximum ITC claim allowed  is the reduced tax credit rate, and a penalty amount equal to another five per  cent ITC rate reduction applies, thus making the consequences of claiming the  full rate where the K/GN Standard has been met much worse than simply claiming  the reduced tax credit rate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The framing of  one-third of the adverse consequence as a penalty rather than a further  reduction in the applicable tax credit rate in theory allows the CRA to waive  it under s. 220(3.1), although presumably the scope for such relief will be  limited given the “knowingly or grossly negligent” threshold for when this  penalty applies. Logical cases for penalty relief would include ones where the  amount of K/GN non-compliance was fairly minimal, or where the taxpayer  self-reports after having made good-faith remediation efforts. The CRA’s  policies on discretionary penalty relief are set out in &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/forms-publications/publications/ic07-1/taxpayer-relief-provisions-1r1.html" target="_blank"&gt;IC07-1R1&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The phrase “knowingly  or in circumstances amounting to gross negligence” as used in s. 127.46(9) is  almost identical to the standard prescribed in s. 163(2) for penalties for  false statements or omissions. As such, &lt;em&gt;prima facie&lt;/em&gt;, one would expect  the jurisprudence developed under that latter provision to be equally  applicable to interpreting the K/GN Standard established in s. 127.46(9).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Canada v.  Paletta Estate&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://decisions.fca-caf.ca/fca-caf/decisions/en/item/520948/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;2022 FCA  86&lt;/a&gt;),&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; the Federal Court of Appeal had occasion to review what the K/GN Standard  entails and what differentiates it from “normal” negligence:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;[&lt;a name="par65"&gt;65&lt;/a&gt;]  Neglect under subparagraph 152(4)(a)(i) refers to a lack of reasonable care.  The duty of reasonable care is met if the taxpayer has “thoughtfully,  deliberately and carefully assesse[d] the situation and file[d] on what he  believe[d] bona fide to be the proper method”; in other words, “in a  manner that the taxpayer truly believe[d] to be correct” (&lt;em&gt;Regina Shoppers  Mall Ltd. v. Canada&lt;/em&gt;, [1990] 2 C.T.C. 183, 90 D.T.C. 6427 (F.C.T.D.), aff’d  (1991), 126 N.R. 141, 91 D.T.C. 5101 (F.C.A.); see also &lt;em&gt;Canada v.  Johnson&lt;/em&gt;, 2012 FCA 253, 435 N.R. 361, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://reports.fja.gc.ca/fja-cmf/d/en/item/338039/index.do?q=2012+fca+253" target="_blank"&gt;[2013] 1 F.C.R. D-2&lt;/a&gt;). This test is not disputed by the parties. The Court may  also draw inferences of negligence from an omission to verify the validity of a  taxpayer’s belief (&lt;em&gt;Robertson v. Canada&lt;/em&gt;, 2016 FCA 303, 2016 D.T.C. 5131,  at paragraphs 5 and 6).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;[&lt;a name="par66"&gt;66&lt;/a&gt;] In contrast, subsection 163(2) requires that the false statement be made  knowingly or in circumstances amounting to gross negligence. This burden can be  met either directly or constructively, through a demonstration of wilful  blindness (&lt;em&gt;Wynter v. Canada&lt;/em&gt;, 2017 FCA 195, 2017 D.T.C. 5114 (&lt;em&gt;Wynter&lt;/em&gt;),  at paragraph 16):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;In sum, the law will  impute knowledge to a taxpayer who, in circumstances that suggest inquiry  should be made, chooses not to do so. The knowledge requirement is satisfied  through the choice of the taxpayer not to inquire, not through a positive  finding of an intention to cheat.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;[&lt;a name="par67"&gt;67&lt;/a&gt;] &lt;em&gt;Wynter&lt;/em&gt; teaches  that although wilful blindness and gross negligence often converge, they are  conceptually different. Rennie J.A., writing for this Court, explains this  difference as follows (&lt;em&gt;Wynter&lt;/em&gt;, at paragraphs 18 and 19):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;Gross negligence is  distinct from wilful blindness. It arises where the taxpayer’s conduct is found  to fall markedly below what would be expected of a reasonable taxpayer. Simply  put, if the wilfully blind taxpayer knew better, the grossly negligent taxpayer  ought to have known better.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;Gross negligence  requires a higher degree of neglect than a mere failure to take reasonable  care. It is a marked or significant departure from what would be expected. It  is more than carelessness or misstatements. The point is captured in the  decision of this Court in &lt;em&gt;Zsoldos v. Canada (Attorney General)&lt;/em&gt;,  2004 FCA 338 at para. 21, 2004 D.T.C. 6672: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 120px;"&gt;In assessing the penalties for gross negligence, the  Minister must prove a high degree of negligence, one that is tantamount to  intentional acting or an indifference as to whether the law is complied with or  not. (See &lt;em&gt;Venne v. R.&lt;/em&gt; (1984), 84 D.T.C. 6247 (Fed. T.D.), at  6256.)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;[&lt;a name="par68"&gt;68&lt;/a&gt;] It can be seen from this that subsection 163(2) imposes a higher threshold with  the result that conduct warranting the reopening of statute-barred years  pursuant to subparagraph 152(4)(a)(i) will not necessarily justify the  imposition of a penalty under the former (see for example &lt;em&gt;Van der Steen  v. The Queen &lt;/em&gt;(1984), 2019 TCC 23, 2019 D.T.C. 1024; see also &lt;em&gt;Venne  v. The Queen&lt;/em&gt;, 84 D.T.C. 6247, [1984] C.T.C. 223 (F.C.T.D.)). The opposite  is however true; conduct that justifies the imposition of a penalty under  subsection 163(2) will necessarily meet the threshold contemplated by  subparagraph 152(4)(a)(i). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The CRA’s  interpretation of these concepts can be found in the relevant portion of the  CRA’s &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/tax/technical-information/income-tax-audit-manual-domestic-compliance-programs-branch-dcpb-28.html" target="_blank"&gt;Income  Tax Audit Manual (Chapter 28)&lt;/a&gt;, which discusses the  terms “knowingly” and “gross negligence”:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;28.4.2  Knowingly or under circumstances amounting to gross negligence&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;It is vital to  understand the meaning of the term “knowingly or under circumstances amounting  to gross negligence” to apply a gross negligence penalty.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Knowingly&lt;/strong&gt;, as used in subsection 163(2) of the ITA, implies that a  taxpayer knew or ought to have known that the amount of tax paid was less than  should otherwise have been paid for the purposes of the ITA or that the amount  of refund or rebate claimed was greater than the amount that the person was  eligible to receive for the purposes of the ITA. &lt;strong&gt;Knew&lt;/strong&gt; implies  that a taxpayer deliberately or intentionally acted in such a manner,  while &lt;strong&gt;ought to have known&lt;/strong&gt; does not mean actual knowledge, but  means that the taxpayer had in effect the means of knowledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gross  negligence&lt;/strong&gt;, as used in  subsection 163(2), covers a set of facts which clearly indicates either that  the taxpayer knew or ought to have known that an offence was committed under  this subsection or that the taxpayer acted so carelessly or so negligently that  the way in which the taxpayer handled their affairs amounted to gross  negligence (that is, negligence of conspicuous magnitude). The set of facts  typically fall in the categories of “(a) the magnitude of the omission in  relation to the income declared, (b) the opportunity the taxpayer had to detect  the error, (c) the taxpayer's education and apparent intelligence, (d) genuine  effort to comply.” [Lauzon v The Queen, 2016 TCC 71, para 29, and 2016 FCA 298]  “Gross negligence may be established where a taxpayer is wilfully blind to the  relevant facts in circumstances where the taxpayer becomes aware of the need  for some inquiry but declines to make the inquiry because the taxpayer does not  want to know the truth” [Strachan v The Queen, 2015 FCA 60, para 4] and  “consequently, the law will impute knowledge to a taxpayer who, in  circumstances that dictate or strongly suggest that an inquiry should be made  with respect to his or her tax situation, refuses or fails to commence such an  inquiry without proper justification.” [Panini et al v The Queen, 2006 FCA 224,  paragraph 43]. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;Go to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/revenue-agency/services/tax/technical-information/income-tax-audit-manual-domestic-compliance-programs-branch-dcpb-28.html#28.4.18" target="_blank"&gt;28.4.18&lt;/a&gt;, Other gross negligence penalties, for a list of court  cases that discuss “knowingly” and “gross negligence.” &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The factors cited by  the CRA as relevant to determining whether the K/GN Standard has been met  include the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3 style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;28.4.4  Specific factors to consider when imposing gross negligence penalties&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;To determine if gross  negligence penalties should be applied, consider (not an exhaustive list):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;materiality of the  false statement or omission&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;taxpayer’s history of  contact with the CRA&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;taxpayer’s knowledge  of tax matters&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;nature of the false  statement or omission&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;taxpayer’s involvement  in preparing the return&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;misinterpretation of  the legislation&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;books and records&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;number of sources of  taxable income&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;disclosure of other  sources of taxable income&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;taxpayer’s history of  compliance&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;signature on the  return &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The burden the CRA  must discharge in order to support a K/GN finding has been described by the  courts as a “heavy”&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt; one, and “the imposition of gross negligence penalties is  to be applied in the clearest cases with the [CRA] being required to prove  intent or reckless misconduct, otherwise taxpayers should be given the benefit  of the doubt.”&lt;sup&gt;7&lt;/sup&gt; However, because the sanctions contained in s. 127.46(9) for  being found to have breached the K/GN Standard are so severe, and will likely  also create serious adverse non-tax implications, &lt;em&gt;e.g&lt;/em&gt;., under relevant  financing agreements, taxpayers can be forgiven for having a very low  willingness to risk the CRA applying s. 127.46(9). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the questions  posed in the New CRA Guidance was whether a taxpayer who was aware of a  compliance deficiency beyond its ability to remedy at the time its ITC claim  was filed could claim the regular tax credit rate, on the basis that it was  ready and willing to correct the deficiency but simply could not do so. Not  surprisingly, Rulings’ response (in the answer to Questions 1 and 2) was that  the taxpayer could not claim the regular tax credit rate without risking the  application of the K/GN consequences of s. 127.46(9):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;If Canco &lt;em&gt;knows&lt;/em&gt; that  it &lt;em&gt;did not meet&lt;/em&gt; one or more of the Labour Requirements &lt;em&gt;at  the time that it claims&lt;/em&gt; its CCUS tax credit for its 2025 taxation  year, then it should not elect under subsection 127.46(2) in respect of that  claim. If it does, Canco could be subject to the gross negligence penalty in  subsection 127.46(9), if the Minister determines that it elected to meet the  Labour Requirements and knowingly failed to meet those Labour Requirements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This conclusion was  further reiterated in the answer to Question 3:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;The hypothetical facts  state that, at the time of making its CCUS tax credit claim for Canco's  2025 taxation year, the three covered workers were &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; compensated  in accordance with subparagraph 127.46(3)(b)(i). Therefore, at that time, Canco  is aware that it has not complied with all of the Labour Requirements and  should not elect under subsection 127.46(2) in respect of that specified tax  credit or it could be subject to the gross negligence penalty in subsection  127.46(9).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;Canco may decide to  wait to make its claim for the CCUS tax credit for the 2025 taxation year until  the prevailing wage requirements are met.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In fairness, there is  not really much other answer Rulings could have provided, given the text of the  statute and the K/GN jurisprudence. The response referenced the CRA’s further  comments on s. 127.46(9) made at the 2025 Canadian Tax Foundation Round Table,  memorialized as &lt;a href="/-/media/insights/2026/documents/cra-views-conference-2025-1080811c6.pdf"&gt;CRA document 2025-108081&lt;/a&gt;, which described  a K/GN determination as “a question of fact that can only be determined after  an examination of all the relevant facts and circumstances.” In this previous  statement, the CRA indicated that while an “inability to substantiate that  covered workers employed by others were compensated in accordance with  subparagraph 127.46(3)(b)(i) should not, in and of itself” support a finding  that the K/GN Standard had been met, the failure to take reasonable steps to  ensure such compliance could support such a finding, and that in such  circumstances “the gross negligence penalty under subsection 127.46(9) should  generally apply.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The further question  was asked whether such a taxpayer could pre-emptively pay the CRA the shortfall  penalty described in s. 127.46(13) in order to come into compliance and  legitimately claim the regular tax credit rate.   The answer to this suggestion was also “No”:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;The “top-up penalty”  in subsection 127.46(13) that you referred to in your question is only  applicable if Canco receives a notification from the Minister specifying that  it did not meet the prevailing wage requirements for a designated work site for  a taxation year, pursuant to subsection 127.46(11). This is referred to as  a Corrective Measure, and it is initiated by the CRA. There is no mechanism  available to Canco to voluntarily pay the top-up penalty without having  received this notification from the Minister.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This would also seem  to be an accurate interpretation of the statute, as strictly speaking the  procedure described in s. 127.46(13) is a sanction for non-compliance, and its  text does not characterize payment as constituting compliance with the labour  requirements. This then leaves a taxpayer with knowledge of a compliance  deficiency that it cannot remedy in the unsatisfactory position of either  claiming the reduced tax credit rate, which is bad, or claiming the regular tax  credit rate and risking the consequences of s. 127.46(9), which is worse.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Non-compliance: Common  problems &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In practice most  issues associated with labour requirements compliance arise from the  compensation element of the prevailing wage requirement.  Common problem areas include the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;failing to correctly determine that  a worker’s duties are primarily manual or physical, such that someone who was  thought not to be a “covered worker” in fact is;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;determining the scope of P&amp;I  Work too narrowly for one or more workers, such that more work and/or workers  are in-scope of the labour requirements than originally thought; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;for a covered worker to whom no  eligible collective agreement applies, incorrectly determining the regular  wages and benefits applicable under the closest comparable eligible collective  agreement.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This could occur for  either the taxpayer’s own employees or, more typically, employees of a  contractor or subcontractor, in respect of whom the taxpayer has less  information and control and where the employer, &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, not the taxpayer,  generally has less incentive to achieve labour requirements compliance since it  does not bear the cost of failure, subject to contractual allocation of  consequences. For example, where a covered worker is an employee of a  contractor or subcontractor retained by the taxpayer to work on the project,  &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, the taxpayer has no direct relationship with or information about the  relevant employee, the taxpayer may have no practical ability to ensure that  any shortfall is paid to the employee. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style="position:relative;width:auto;padding:0 0 145.05%;height:0;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;border:0 none;" id="experience-9691d82da606" data-aspectratio="0.68940493"&gt;&lt;iframe src="https://view.ceros.com/borden-ladner-gervais/clean-economy-itc-labour-requirements-en-1-1-1-1-61db5236-9963c007-cad36e81-106932c3-c5d2aa3a?heightOverride=1378" style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0;bottom:0;right:0;margin:0;padding:0;border:0 none;height:1px;width:1px;min-height:100%;min-width:100%;" frameborder="0" class="ceros-experience" title="Prevailing Wage Compensation 5_EN" scrolling="no"&gt;sandbox="allow-scripts allow-same-origin allow-popups allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox"&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On large ITC-eligible  projects with hundreds or thousands of covered workers and dozens of  contractors, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, the reality is that there  will very often be situations where the taxpayer knows or has very good reason  to think someone has been paid less than the prevailing wage. Taxpayers can try  to remedy this, but there will not always be a solution offering reasonable  certainty that compliance can be achieved. For example, contractors or  subcontractors go out of business or become non-co-operative over contractual  disputes, or their covered workers move away, sometimes without leaving contact  information. This is often simply the on-the-ground reality. In such  circumstances, the taxpayer’s ability to claim the regular ITC rate by electing  into the labour requirements and in fact meeting the prevailing wage  requirement is effectively frustrated by the inability to actually meet that  requirement for literally each and every in-scope worker the taxpayer knows  has, or believes may have, been underpaid.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One such potential  compliance concern relates to &lt;em&gt;when&lt;/em&gt; covered workers are paid the  prevailing wage.  Particularly on larger  projects with numerous contractors and subcontractors, prevailing wage  shortfalls arising from any of the foregoing reasons (or others) are virtually  inevitable.  If a taxpayer discovers a  particular covered worker has been paid less than she should have been, can  this be corrected in such a manner as to be considered compliant with the  compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements? &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is no time  specified in s. 127.46 by which the required compensation must be paid to the  covered worker. Hence, at least in cases where no eligible collective agreement  applies to the covered worker, so long as the required amount of compensation has  been paid to the covered worker by the time the taxpayer files its ITC claim,  it can truthfully attest to having met (past tense) the compensation element of  the prevailing wage requirement. This was confirmed in the New CRA Guidance,  where Rulings states in its Response to Questions 1 and 2:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;Canco can &lt;strong&gt;elect &lt;/strong&gt;to meet and &lt;strong&gt;attest &lt;/strong&gt;that it met the Labour Requirements at the time that it makes its claim for  the CCUS tax credit for its 2025 taxation year, provided that, at the time of  making the claim, the three short-paid covered workers were compensated in  accordance with the applicable Compensation Requirement above, based on the  hypothetical facts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This  determination is both consistent with the text of the statute and the tax  policy underlying the labour requirements: incentivizing employers to create  good jobs that pay the prescribed level of wages. Given the severe potential  consequences for non-compliance with the labour requirements, there is no  apparent policy reason to find employers non-compliant if they pay the required  wages but do so past an arbitrary deadline. The same tax policy would seem to  be applicable in cases where an eligible collective agreement does apply,  although the CRA has not expressed a view on this. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Non-compliance: Electing the  reduced rate vs. s. 127.46(9) consequences&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A taxpayer with actual  knowledge or strong suspicion of a labour requirements deficiency has the  unenviable choice of either claiming the reduced tax credit rate or claiming  the regular tax credit rate and taking their chances that the CRA considers  their circumstances to have met the K/GN Standard such that the punitive  consequences of s. 127.46(9) apply. Both alternatives raise interpretive  questions which the New CRA Guidance addresses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Can one elect the  reduced tax credit rate in one year and the regular rate in another? &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A taxpayer considering  whether to choose &lt;strong&gt;not &lt;/strong&gt;to meet the labour requirements in a particular  year and simply claim the reduced tax credit rate will want to understand the  consequences of doing so. Specifically, if the choice to opt out of labour  requirements compliance for one year has consequences in other years, this  would greatly diminish the viability of doing so.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The operative labour  requirements rule in s. 127.46(2) reads as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(2)&lt;/strong&gt; Despite sections 127.44, 127.45, 127.48 and 127.491,  the applicable rate for each specified tax credit of an incentive claimant is  the reduced tax credit rate unless the incentive claimant elects in prescribed  form and manner to meet the prevailing wage requirements under subsection (3)  and the apprenticeship requirements under subsection (5) for each installation  taxation year in respect of the specified tax credit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Paraphrasing, this  provision establishes the reduced tax credit rate as the taxpayer’s applicable  ITC rate unless the taxpayer elects to meet the labour requirements “for each  installation taxation year”.  A literal reading  of this provision raises some concern that unless a taxpayer elects to meet the  labour requirements for &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; installation taxation year in respect of  any particular clean economy ITC, the applicable ITC rate for that particular  ITC will be the reduced tax credit rate for &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; such year.  Put another way, the legislative text does  not make explicit that electing into the labour requirements in respect of a  particular year only impacts that year, and that not electing for one year does  not affect other years.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fortunately, the New  CRA Guidance provides a definitive interpretation that this is indeed the case,  a common-sense result that is very helpful to have clarified. This is provided  in the last sentence of the response to Question 4:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Response to Question 4&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;Since the subsection  127.46(2) election is made with a claim for a specified tax credit, and the  hypothetical facts strongly suggest that Canco will not meet the Labour  Requirements in 2025 (specifically the Compensation Requirement), Canco should  not elect, and should claim the CCUS tax credit for the 2025 taxation year at  the reduced tax credit rate. However, the hypothetical facts state that Canco  will meet the Labour Requirements in 2026 and in 2027, therefore Canco can  elect under 127.46(2) when it makes its claims for the CCUS tax credits for its  2026 and 2027 taxation years.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This response  effectively reads the legislation as inferring the words “for any particular  installation taxation year” after the words “the applicable rate”, and the  reference to “each” installation taxation year as “that” installation taxation  year. Interpreting the provision in a textual, contextual and purposive manner,  it is eminently logical to conclude that electing to meet the labour  requirements (or not) and claim the regular (or reduced) tax credit rate is a  year-by-year exercise. In this manner, a taxpayer who cannot (or chooses not  to) meet the labour requirements in one year is not disincentivized from trying  to meet them (and thereby claim the regular tax credit rate) in other years.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Does a  “knowingly/gross negligence” finding in one year affect other years?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As noted, the  consequences of being found to have been non-compliant in a manner that reaches  the K/GN Standard are severe.  The text  of s. 127.46(9) reads as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(9)&lt;/strong&gt; If an incentive claimant has claimed a specified tax  credit at the regular tax credit rate in a taxation year (referred to in this  subsection as the “claim year”) but has failed to meet the prevailing wage  requirements or the apprenticeship requirements for an installation taxation  year in respect of that specified tax credit and the Minister determines that  the incentive claimant knowingly or in circumstances amounting to gross  negligence failed to meet those requirements, then&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(a)&lt;/strong&gt; the incentive claimant is not entitled to the regular  tax credit rate, and is entitled to not more than the reduced tax credit rate,  for the specified tax credit; and&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(b)&lt;/strong&gt; the incentive claimant is liable to a penalty for the  claim year equal to the amount determined by the formula&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 120px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;50  per cent × (A − B)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;where&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 80px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A  &lt;/strong&gt;is the amount of the specified tax credit claimed by the  incentive claimant at the regular tax credit rate for the claim year, and&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;B  &lt;/strong&gt;is the amount that the incentive claimant would have been  entitled to claim as a specified tax credit at the reduced tax credit rate for  the claim year.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Unlike in paragraph  (b) where the penalty is explicitly stated to be “for the claim year”, the  disentitlement to the regular tax credit rate in paragraph (a) makes no  reference to any particular year. This raises the question of whether denial of  the regular tax credit rate applies to more than the particular year in which  the K/GN Standard was found to have been met.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once again, the New  CRA Guidance interprets the legislation in a textual, contextual and purposive  manner to clarify that the disentitlement to the regular tax credit rate should  be read as referring only to “the claim year.” This is contained in the response  to Question 5:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Response  to Question 5&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;Assuming that the  conditions of subsection 127.46(9) &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; apply to Canco for its  claim for the CCUS tax credit for its 2025 taxation year (not the other claim  years), the implications imposed under subsection 127.46(9) will only apply to  its 2025 claim year (not the other claim years). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is demonstrably  the right answer, and the certainty it provides is helpful.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;III. The labour requirements: Problems and suggestions &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A taxpayer claiming  clean economy ITCs to which the labour requirements apply has basically two  choices:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;forego meeting the labour  requirements, and claim at the reduced tax credit rate (&lt;em&gt;i.e&lt;/em&gt;., for the Clean  Technology ITC, at the 20 per cent rate instead of the regular 30 per cent  rate); or&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;decide to meet the labour  requirements, invest the time and effort required to pursue compliance with  them, and then formally elect to meet them for the year and claim the regular  tax credit rate, on the basis that while compliance may not be perfect there  are no compliance deficiencies that meet the K/GN Standard, so that the  worst-case scenario is entitlement to the regular tax credit rate but possible &lt;em&gt;per  diem&lt;/em&gt; taxes and/or top-up payments.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As the law presently  stands, a taxpayer who knows or has good reason to believe non-compliance  exists with some element of the labour requirements and who nonetheless elects  to meet them risks a result worse than claiming at the reduced tax credit rate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Do  the existing rules create the optimal incentives? &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some  of the most common compliance problems highlight an important policy issue. It is very much in  the interests of both taxpayers seeking clean economy ITCs and governments  encouraging labour requirements compliance that any deficiencies that taxpayers  become aware of be “curable,” in the sense of taxpayers having some avenue for taking  corrective steps that both meet the relevant tax policy objectives and are  deemed to constitute “compliance” with the labour requirements generally and  the compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements specifically. If  taxpayers are left in the position of finding compliance deficiencies that they  are ready and willing to fix but that either:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt; they are practically unable to fix,  for reasons outside their control; or&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;if fixed in a substantive sense, do  not technically constitute full “compliance” with the labour requirements,&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;whatever time and  effort they have spent trying to comply with the labour requirements is  potentially for naught:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;if such a taxpayer elects to meet  the labour requirements and claims the regular tax credit rate, the danger is  that the CRA applies s. 127.46(9) on the basis that the taxpayer did so  “knowing” that it did not pay 100 per cent of the full amount required to be  the “prevailing wage”, or paid it but in some way not within the legislative  definition of “compliance”; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;alternatively, such a taxpayer must  absorb the cost of claiming the reduced tax credit rate on the taxpayer’s  entire qualifying expenditure for the year.  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The problem is that  the application of s. 127.46(9) is binary: it either applies to the taxpayer’s &lt;em&gt;entire&lt;/em&gt; claim for a particular clean economy ITC in a given year, or it doesn’t apply  at all. As a result, a taxpayer who knows, or perhaps merely suspects, that &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; amount of non-compliance with the labour requirements has occurred and remains  unremedied at the time the ITC claims form is completed takes the risk that s.  127.46(9) will apply to their &lt;em&gt;entire&lt;/em&gt; clean economy ITC claim for the  year. Put simply, &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;the cost of suffering either a 10 per cent or 15 per cent reduction in the  taxpayer’s ITC claim for the year bears no relationship (and may be completely  disproportionate) to the degree of labour requirements non-compliance; and &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;no legislative safety valve exists  for a taxpayer who wants to correct a known or suspected compliance deficiency  but cannot, for whatever reason.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is no explicit  discretion within the legislation for the CRA to waive or ignore situations  where, despite making good-faith efforts to achieve 100 per cent compliance, at  the time the taxpayer makes its ITC claim it knows or has very good reason to  believe compliance has been less than perfect, &lt;em&gt;e.g.,&lt;/em&gt; some number of covered  workers have been paid something less than the prevailing wage for some number  of work days. While a particular CRA auditor ultimately reviewing the claim  might exercise such discretion, the consequences of that not happening are so  severe as to make it completely impractical to claim the regular tax credit  rate and risk s. 127.46(9) applying in the hope of that discretion. Moreover,  most clean economy ITC-eligible projects of any size are going to be audited by  an accounting firm that will force a taxpayer in such circumstances who claims  the regular tax credit rate to report an uncertain tax position or a reserve in  their financial statements, which will be completely unacceptable to lenders  and other stakeholders. As such, many taxpayers in this position who cannot  know with confidence that all labour requirements non-compliance they know of,  or they believe is likely to exist, can somehow be remedied will simply forego  trying to remediate any non-compliance and just claim at the reduced tax credit  rate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is a lose-lose  outcome for taxpayers and government alike if the result is that no matter how  much time and effort the taxpayer has put in towards achieving full compliance,  a fairly &lt;em&gt;de minimis&lt;/em&gt; amount of &lt;strong&gt;known &lt;/strong&gt;non-compliance can  effectively disentitle a taxpayer from millions or tens of millions of dollars  of clean economy ITCs, by forcing claims at the reduced tax credit rate. On a  larger project, such situations can easily occur, which can in turn incentivize  a taxpayer &lt;em&gt;at the outset&lt;/em&gt; of a project to not bother incurring the cost  and effort of trying to achieve labour requirements compliance &lt;em&gt;at all&lt;/em&gt;,  and just accept the reduced tax credit rate, a result that benefits no one and  does not achieve the policy objectives of the labour requirements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Suggested  legislative improvements &lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taxpayers who know or  suspect they have a compliance issue and want to fix it deserve to be treated  differently from those who don’t care or who make minimal compliance efforts  and claim the regular tax credit rate anyway. Viewed within the overall tax policy  context of wanting to provide fiscal support to green economy projects while  generating well-paying jobs in Canada, it seems unfair, and counterproductive,  to deny the regular tax credit rate to taxpayers who become aware of a  compliance deficiency before they file their ITC claims and are willing to  remedy it, but cannot do so in a way that constitutes compliance within the  meaning of s. 127.46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are at least two  ways in which the labour requirements could usefully be amended to better  achieve the government’s underlying tax policy objective of encouraging  taxpayers to pursue labour requirements compliance on clean economy projects  while providing taxpayers with greater certainty and fairness:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;provide a mechanism to remedy known  or suspected compliance deficiencies before the time the taxpayer makes its ITC  claim for the year that is deemed to bring the taxpayer into labour  requirements “compliance”, so as to allow the taxpayer to claim the regular tax  credit rate without fear of s. 127.46(9) applying; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;eliminate the all-or-nothing  consequences facing taxpayers legitimately trying to address compliance  deficiencies, and make the consequences of non-compliance meeting the K/GN  Standard proportionate to degree of non-compliance.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As to the first point,  effectively what is required is some mechanism whereby a taxpayer who has made  reasonable efforts to achieve full compliance and finds itself at a dead end  can take action that is deemed to constitute compliance with the prevailing  wage requirements. For example, the U.S. version of the prevailing wage  requirement in &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-26/chapter-I/subchapter-A/part-1/subject-group-ECFRe427f958a26c8f4/section-1.45-7" target="_blank"&gt;26 CFR §  1.45-7&lt;/a&gt; includes such relief in some cases. Specifically, the following rule in § 1.45-7(c)(1)(v) applies:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Special  rule for laborers and mechanics who cannot be located.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; A taxpayer will be deemed to have paid a correction  payment, under this paragraph (c)(1), to a laborer or mechanic who cannot be  located if the taxpayer can establish that correction payments have been made.  A taxpayer may establish that correction payments have been made by  demonstrating compliance with the applicable State unclaimed property law and  all Federal and State withholding and information reporting requirements with  respect to the payments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In its simplest form,  such a mechanism could be an addition or appendix to the ITC claims form  whereby the taxpayer self-reports any known compliance concerns with the  compensation element of the prevailing wage requirements, much like a  disclosure schedule for representations and warranties in a share purchase  agreement operates.  If considered  necessary or desired, such mechanism could include paying estimated amounts to  the CRA or a trusted third party, although this may not really be needed given  the existing consequences for “normal” non-compliance. In either case,  self-reported compliance concerns would be deemed to be outside the scope of s.  127.46(9), and the “normal” sanctions for non-compliance (&lt;em&gt;i.e&lt;/em&gt;., the s.  127.46(6) &lt;em&gt;per diem&lt;/em&gt; tax and s. 127.46(11) obligation to pay top-up  amounts) could be made applicable.  This  seems like a simple and costless way in which the government can incentivize  taxpayers to do the right thing and pursue labour requirements compliance  without penalizing those who have taken reasonable steps towards compliance  (the attestation element of the prevailing wage requirement already establishes  this baseline) but are aware of potential deficiencies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Such action would go a  long way towards relieving the risk of disproportionately adverse consequences  from conduct that is found to reach the K/GN Standard. However, the binary,  all-or-nothing nature of s. 127.46(9) remains potentially draconian, and this  seems needlessly punitive. Gross negligence penalties in s. 163(2) based on the  same K/GN Standard apply on an issue-by-issue basis, rather than to the  taxpayer’s entire tax owing for the year. Some consideration could usefully be  given to limiting the scope of s. 127.46(9) to something more proportionate to  the scope of the taxpayer’s knowing or grossly negligent conduct, either by  expressly amending the consequences of that provision to that effect or at  least creating a statutory authority within its text to give the CRA discretion  to reduce its impact in appropriate circumstances. Not all conduct meeting the  K/GN Standard is equal and ensuring that the crime fits the punishment is a  reasonable and appropriate result that does not dilute the deterrence effect on  those who are truly bad actors seeking to take advantage of a relatively  generous tax expenditure program.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{4C91173F-FE49-463E-81DD-596A1425890F}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/smoot-hawley-revived-a-never-before-used-depression-era-law-is-invoked-against-canadian-trade</link><title>Smoot-Hawley revived: a never-before-used Depression-era law is invoked against Canadian trade</title><description>&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Anyone, anyone?”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;span&gt; &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uhiCFdWeQfA" target="_blank"&gt;Mr. Lorensax, the Economics Teacher&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On July 20, 2026, the president of the United States signed three proclamations covering &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-motor-vehicles/" target="_blank"&gt;motor vehicles&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="http://" target="_blank"&gt;alcoholic beverages&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-dairy/" target="_blank"&gt;dairy&lt;/a&gt;, imposing additional 50 per cent tariffs on Canadian goods said to account for roughly &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.reuters.com/business/us-imposes-new-50-tariffs-canadian-products-2026-07-20/" target="_blank"&gt;US$20 billion&lt;/a&gt; in annual imports. Although there is some question about exactly how many of the listed products Canada exports into the United States, and how much, if we take that figure at face value, it would be just over five per cent of the US$380 billion in goods U.S. private interests and public procurement authorities buy from Canadian exporters each year.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2026/07/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-imposes-additional-tariffs-on-canada/" target="_blank"&gt;accompanying fact sheet&lt;/a&gt; characterizes the measures as a response to Canadian “discrimination” against U.S. exports. The annexed lists deal with products ranging from wine and cement to furniture, textiles, machinery and hockey sticks, and thus extend well beyond the three named sectors. The duties purport to apply to goods entered for consumption on or after &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-alcoholic-beverages/" target="_blank"&gt;12:01 a.m. ET on Aug. 19, 2026&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Like the &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/05/us-steel-and-aluminum-tariffs-update-relief-more-of-the-same-or-more-extreme-industrial-policy"&gt;section 232&lt;/a&gt; tariffs, the new measures apply &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/world/trump-canada-us-trade-tariffs-cusma-usmca-9.7276973" target="_blank"&gt;regardless of CUSMA origin&lt;/a&gt;. This means that the “rule of origin” shield that has protected the majority of Canadian exports &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/02/us-supreme-court-decision-on-emergency-tariffs-legal-and-commercial-implications"&gt;from IEEPA&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/03/us-trade-developments-ieepa-tariffs-end-but-will-new-section-301-tariffs-follow"&gt;section 122 tariffs since March 2025&lt;/a&gt; does not apply.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And, of course, like &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/25pdf/24-1287_4gcj.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;the IEEPA&lt;/a&gt; or the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbsnews.com/news/trump-tariffs-section-122-legal-challenge/" target="_blank"&gt;section 122 tariffs&lt;/a&gt;, the legal authority invoked, Section 338 of the Tariff Act of 1930, has &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://globalnews.ca/news/11974226/donald-trump-tariffs-section-338-cusma-explained/" target="_blank"&gt;never before been used to impose tariffs in its near century on the statute books&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This explainer situates the new measures within the full arc of the dispute, which we have tracked since before the first tariff proclamation was signed, canvasses Canada’s responses, and assesses what Section 338 is, why it was chosen, and where this goes next.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The U.S. measures: Threats and tariffs since the “fentanyl” announcement&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The current dispute dates to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.reuters.com/world/us/trump-promises-25-tariff-products-mexico-canada-2024-11-25/?utm_source=chatgpt.com" target="_blank"&gt;Nov. 25, 2024&lt;/a&gt;, when the then president-elect announced that among his first executive acts would be a 25 per cent tariff on all Canadian and Mexican goods, tied to fentanyl and the border.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/01/the-return-of-the-president-what-can-we-learn-from-the-2018-us-tariffs-to-prepare-for-february-1"&gt;Our analysis at the time&lt;/a&gt; drew on the 2018 steel and aluminum experience to anticipate what followed: unilateral measures, retaliation, remission frameworks and negotiation under duress. What we did not anticipate was quite how many statutory vehicles the exercise would consume.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;a.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;The IEEPA phase (February 2025 – February 2026)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On Feb. 1, 2025, the president signed &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2025/02/07/2025-02406/imposing-duties-to-address-the-flow-of-illicit-drugs-across-our-northern-border" target="_blank"&gt;Executive Order 14193&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/02/imposing-duties-to-address-the-flow-of-illicit-drugs-across-our-national-border/" target="_blank"&gt;“Imposing Duties to Address the Flow of Illicit Drugs Across Our Northern Border&lt;/a&gt;” imposing a 25 per cent tariff on nearly all Canadian goods (10 per cent on a defined set of energy resources), invoking the&lt;em&gt; International Emergency Economic Powers Act&lt;/em&gt;. Following a negotiated 30-day suspension (&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;rct=j&amp;q=&amp;esrc=s&amp;source=web&amp;cd=&amp;ved=2ahUKEwil_eHLhOeVAxUiIDQIHY_WDakQFnoECA0QAQ&amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fpublic-inspection.federalregister.gov%2F2025-02478.pdf%3F1738942596&amp;usg=AOvVaw2ulaLqXYZzEtr5Syvj6KF_&amp;opi=89978449" target="_blank"&gt;Executive Order 14197&lt;/a&gt;), the tariffs &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/03/canada-us-tariff-war-resumes"&gt;took effect March 4, 2025&lt;/a&gt;. A critical feature emerged days later: goods qualifying for preferential treatment as &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/04/cusma-compliance-and-its-relevance-to-the-canada-us-tariff-dispute"&gt;CUSMA-originating were exempted&lt;/a&gt;. That carve-out transformed origin compliance from a duty-savings exercise into the difference between zero and 25 per cent and, because a substantial share of Canadian exports &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.tradecommissioner.gc.ca/en/market-industry-info/search-country-region/country/canada-united-states-export/us-tariffs/understanding-cusma-compliance.html" target="_blank"&gt;had historically entered under MFN rates without claiming preference&lt;/a&gt; (where MFN was already zero, certification cost outweighed benefit), it sent companies scrambling to qualify goods, assemble certifications and document regional value content for the first time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;b.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;The Section 232 sectoral architecture (2025–2026)&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In parallel, the administration built out sectoral tariffs under Section 232 of the &lt;em&gt;Trade Expansion Act&lt;/em&gt; of 1962, the national-security authority, on &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.edc.ca/en/article/us-steel-and-aluminum-tariffs.html" target="_blank"&gt;steel and aluminum&lt;/a&gt; (March 2025), &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/05/us-releases-new-tariff-changes-for-the-automotive-industry"&gt;automobiles and parts&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/03/adjusting-imports-of-automobiles-and-autombile-parts-into-thhttps:/www.federalregister.gov/documents/2025/04/03/2025-05930/adjusting-imports-of-automobiles-and-automobile-parts-into-the-united-statese-united-states/" target="_blank"&gt;Proclamation 10908&lt;/a&gt;, effective April 3, 2025, for vehicles and by May 3, 2025, for parts, with a temporary exemption for CUSMA-eligible parts pending a content-based assessment system), &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pwc.com/ca/en/services/tax/publications/tax-insights/us-tariffs-steel-aluminum-copper-imports-update-2026.html" target="_blank"&gt;copper&lt;/a&gt;, and later &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/10/adjusting-imports-of-medium-and-heavy-duty-vehicles-medium-and-heavy-duty-vehicle-parts-and-buses-into-the-united-states/" target="_blank"&gt;medium- and heavy-duty vehicles&lt;/a&gt; (October 2025), &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.international.gc.ca/controls-controles/softwood-bois_oeuvre/index.aspx?lang=eng" target="_blank"&gt;timber and lumber&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/04/adjusting-imports-of-pharmaceuticals-and-pharmaceutical-ingredients-into-the-united-states/?query-11-page=3" target="_blank"&gt;pharmaceuticals&lt;/a&gt;. Crucially, none of the foregoing comes with a standing exemption for CUSMA-compliant goods.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The auto measures came with their own relief valve: an “&lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/05/us-releases-new-tariff-changes-for-the-automotive-industry"&gt;import adjustment offset&lt;/a&gt;” of 3.75 per cent of the MSRP of U.S.-assembled vehicles in year one, stepping down thereafter, which is a regime that has &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/05/us-expands-tariff-offset-regime-to-medium-and-heavy-duty-vehicle-sector"&gt;since expanded to the medium- and heavy-duty sector&lt;/a&gt;. In September 2025, the U.S. Department of Commerce added a &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/09/us-releases-new-process-for-expanding-auto-parts-tariffs-what-canadian-stakeholders-need-to-know"&gt;petition process allowing U.S. producers to seek expansion of the Section 232 autoparts scope&lt;/a&gt;, an accretion mechanism that continues to pull new tariff lines into coverage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;c.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Learning Resources and the post-IEEPA scramble&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On Feb. 20, 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court held in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/25pdf/24-1287_4gcj.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;Learning Resources, Inc. v. Trump&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; that IEEPA does not authorize broad-based import tariffs, invalidating the centrepiece of the 2025 architecture. &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/02/us-supreme-court-decision-on-emergency-tariffs-legal-and-commercial-implications"&gt;As we wrote at the time&lt;/a&gt;, the decision left the availability, timing and mechanics of refunds uncertain. Businesses that paid IEEPA-based tariffs were advised to assess steps to preserve refund rights, particularly where entries had not yet liquidated. That advice has aged well, and it applies with equal force to what follows.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The administration’s response was a statutory scramble: &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/02/imposing-a-temporary-import-surcharge-to-address-fundamental-international-payments-problems/" target="_blank"&gt;temporary 10 per cent across-the-board tariffs under Section 122 of the Trade Act of 1974&lt;/a&gt;, capped at 150 days absent congressional extension and largely exempting &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/03/us-trade-developments-ieepa-tariffs-end-but-will-new-section-301-tariffs-follow"&gt;CUSMA-compliant&lt;/a&gt; goods. Those tariffs expire this week. The administration also accelerated its Section 301 investigations. &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/03/us-trade-developments-ieepa-tariffs-end-but-will-new-section-301-tariffs-follow"&gt;We flagged in March&lt;/a&gt; that Section 301, with its USTR investigations, consultations, and findings, would become the workhorse for targeted action; it has since produced &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.reuters.com/world/americas/us-imposes-25-tariff-some-goods-brazil-2026-07-16/" target="_blank"&gt;25 per cent tariffs on Brazil&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/files/Press/Releases/2026/FRN - Section 301 Forced Labor Import Ban Actionabilty and Proposed Action 6-2-26 FINAL.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;forced-labour-related measures targeting Canada&lt;/a&gt;. But Section 301 takes time and process. Section 338, as we discuss below, requires neither.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One further development frames everything: earlier this month, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/world/cusma-usmca-trump-extension-renewal-9.7255204" target="_blank"&gt;at the first joint review, the United States declined to renew CUSMA in its current form&lt;/a&gt;. The agreement remains in force, but the non-renewal opens rolling annual reviews that could run to the agreement’s 2036 sunset and converts every U.S. tariff measure into negotiating leverage for that process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Canadian responses&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;d.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Measures imposed, and removed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canada responded swiftly:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;March 4, 2025&lt;/strong&gt;. Twenty-five per cent counter-tariffs on &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/news/2025/03/list-of-products-from-the-united-states-subject-to-25-per-cent-tariffs-effective-march-4-2025.html" target="_blank"&gt;C$30 billion in U.S.-origin goods&lt;/a&gt;, including food products, wine, spirits, beer, appliances, apparel, cosmetics, pulp and paper, with a second phase to expand coverage to C$155 billion. The tariffs applied only to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/news/2025/03/list-of-products-from-the-united-states-subject-to-25-per-cent-tariffs-effective-march-4-2025.html" target="_blank"&gt;goods &lt;em&gt;originating&lt;/em&gt; in the U.S.&lt;/a&gt; under the CUSMA marking rules, a mirror image of the origin logic on the U.S. side.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;March 12, 2025&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/news/2025/03/canada-responds-to-unjustified-us-tariffs-on-canadian-steel-and-aluminum-products.html" target="_blank"&gt;C$29.8 billion in counter-tariffs&lt;/a&gt; responding to the U.S. steel and aluminum measures.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;April 9, 2025&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/news/2025/04/list-of-vehicle-products-from-the-united-states-subject-to-25-per-cent-tariffs-effective-april-9-2025.html" target="_blank"&gt;Twenty-five per cent surtaxes&lt;/a&gt; on non-CUSMA-compliant U.S. fully assembled vehicles and certain parts, the auto countermeasures and associated quota administration that &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-motor-vehicles/" target="_blank"&gt;the U.S. motor-vehicles proclamation now cites as “discrimination”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Relief in parallel&lt;/strong&gt;. From the outset, Ottawa paired retaliation with a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/programs/international-trade-finance-policy/process-requesting-remission-tariffs-that-apply-on-certain-goods-us.html" target="_blank"&gt;remission framework&lt;/a&gt; under which importers could seek relief where inputs could not be sourced domestically or from non-U.S. suppliers, or in other exceptional circumstances with severe economic impacts, the same two-ground structure we saw in 2018. The &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR-2025-122/page-1.html" target="_blank"&gt;United States Surtax Remission Order (2025)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; granted six-month remissions for manufacturing, food and beverage packaging, and public health and safety inputs (later extended); a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p2/2025/2025-11-05/html/si-tr104-eng.html" target="_blank"&gt;performance-based remission framework&lt;/a&gt; supported automakers maintaining Canadian production; and the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ceefc-cfuec.ca/letl-overview/" target="_blank"&gt;Large Enterprise Tariff Loan Facility&lt;/a&gt; provided liquidity.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sept. 1, 2025&lt;/strong&gt;. The pivot: Canada &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/programs/international-trade-finance-policy/canadas-response-us-tariffs/complete-list-us-products-subject-to-counter-tariffs.html" target="_blank"&gt;removed retaliatory tariffs on CUSMA-covered U.S. goods&lt;/a&gt;, roughly 90 per cent of U.S. imports by coverage, to match the U.S. exemptions and restart negotiations, while &lt;em&gt;maintaining &lt;/em&gt;countermeasures on steel, aluminum and autos pending resolution of the corresponding Section 232 tariffs.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dec. 26, 2025&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/programs/international-trade-finance-policy/canadas-tariff-responses/canadas-tariffs-steel-aluminum.html" target="_blank"&gt;Canada tightened steel tariff-rate quotas&lt;/a&gt; against global imports, reducing quota levels for non-FTA countries to 20 per cent of 2024 volumes, protecting domestic producers from supply diverted by U.S. measures, while honouring the CUSMA carve-out.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://globalnews.ca/news/11974513/how-booze-became-battleground-canada-us-trade-war/" target="_blank"&gt;Provincial measures&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Nearly every provincial and territorial liquor authority delisted U.S. alcohol from public shelves, the measure the alcoholic-beverages Proclamation now targets, and to which we return below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;e.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;The dispute settlement track&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canada also litigated. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.reuters.com/world/canada-initiates-wto-dispute-complaint-us-steel-aluminium-duties-2025-03-13/" target="_blank"&gt;In March 2025&lt;/a&gt;, Canada requested WTO consultations on the IEEPA and steel/aluminum tariffs; on April 3, 2025, it &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/04/canada-initiates-wto-dispute-over-us-tariffs-on-automobiles-and-parts"&gt;initiated WTO dispute proceedings&lt;/a&gt; challenging the Section 232 auto tariffs as inconsistent with the GATT 1994, including the U.S.’s bound tariff commitments under Article II and MFN obligations under Article I. &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/04/canada-initiates-wto-dispute-over-us-tariffs-on-automobiles-and-parts"&gt;The U.S. response was telling&lt;/a&gt;: it invoked Article XXI, asserting that national-security measures are self-judging and beyond the reach of WTO dispute settlement, a position panels have repeatedly rejected, but which the U.S. can maintain indefinitely because the Appellate Body’s paralysis lets it appeal any adverse panel report “into the void.” The consultations remain, formally, pending. The merits are strong; the remedy is the problem.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;f.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;The search for diversified trade&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The track for Canadian trade diversification has been quieter but real: more than &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://budget.canada.ca/update-miseajour/2026/report-rapport/intro-en.html" target="_blank"&gt;20 new economic and security partnerships since early 2025&lt;/a&gt;; the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/en/news/speeches/2025/09/05/prime-minister-carney-announces-new-measures-protect-build-and-transform" target="_blank"&gt;September 2025 strategic-industries measures&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://international.canada.ca/en/global-affairs/consultations/trade/2025-09-19-cusma/report" target="_blank"&gt;public consultations on CUSMA (September 20 to November 3, 2025)&lt;/a&gt; feeding Canada’s positions for the joint review; and &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://international.canada.ca/en/global-affairs/corporate/transparency/briefing-documents/parliamentary-committee/2025-06-10-cw-cp#3" target="_blank"&gt;sustained outreach to the EU, the U.K., and the Indo-Pacific under existing agreements&lt;/a&gt;. The results are measurable if modest: &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://international.canada.ca/en/global-affairs/corporate/reports/chief-economist/monthly/2025-12" target="_blank"&gt;the U.S. share of Canadian goods exports fell from nearly 76 per cent in 2024 to just under 72 per cent in 2025&lt;/a&gt;. Diversification is a decade-long project, but the effects should prove noticeable quarter to quarter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The new measures&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;a.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Scope&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Each of the three July 20, 2026, proclamations imposes an additional &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/trump-50-percent-tariffs-canada-9.7278071" target="_blank"&gt;50 per cent &lt;em&gt;ad valorem&lt;/em&gt; duty on a distinct annex of HTSUS tariff lines&lt;/a&gt; applicable to goods entered for consumption, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after 12:01 a.m. ET on &lt;strong&gt;Aug. 19, 2026&lt;/strong&gt;, the 30-day minimum lead time the statute itself requires. Key parameters:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No CUSMA carve-out&lt;/strong&gt;. The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://globalnews.ca/news/11974226/donald-trump-tariffs-section-338-cusma-explained/" target="_blank"&gt;duties apply whether or not goods qualify as originating&lt;/a&gt;. This severs, for the first time, the link between origin compliance and tariff protection that has structured the entire dispute since March 2025. A valid certification of origin is simply irrelevant to a covered line.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Coverage well beyond the named sectors&lt;/strong&gt;. Although the three proclamations are framed around autos, alcohol and dairy, the annexes reach &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/ANNEX-I-3.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;foodstuffs, wood products, paper, textiles, machinery, furniture and consumer goods&lt;/a&gt;. The measures are calibrated to Canadian export exposure, not to the sectors in which discrimination is alleged. They comprise retaliation across the tariff schedule, not a mirror-image response.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Exclusions&lt;/strong&gt;. Energy, potash, critical minerals, fish, and goods already subject to Section 232 duties are excluded. Note the phrasing: autos, steel, aluminum, lumber, and pharmaceuticals escape the Section 338 duties only because they already face Section 232 tariffs. This is an anti-stacking rule, not an exemption. The exclusions spare Canada’s largest export categories, which is why the measures reach “only” US$20 billion.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No sunset, and an escalation mechanism&lt;/strong&gt;. Unlike Section 122’s 150-day cap, the proclamations advance an interpretation that the Tariff Act allows Section 338 tariffs to continue indefinitely &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2026/07/23/2026-14992/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united" target="_blank"&gt;unless the president reduces, modifies or terminates them&lt;/a&gt;. Section 338 also contains a further step no other modern tariff authority replicates: if the president finds the discrimination is maintained or increased after duties are imposed, the statute authorizes him to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2026/07/23/2026-14992/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united" target="_blank"&gt;exclude the country’s products from importation altogether&lt;/a&gt;. The ceiling on escalation, in other words, is not a higher rate, it is an embargo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;b.&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;What is Section 338?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/19/1338" target="_blank"&gt;Section 338 (19 U.S.C. § 1338)&lt;/a&gt; is a surviving fragment of the &lt;em&gt;Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act&lt;/em&gt;, descended from Section 317 of the &lt;em&gt;Tariff Act&lt;/em&gt; of 1922. This section authorizes the president to impose duties of up to 50 per cent on imports from a country he &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-alcoholic-beverages/" target="_blank"&gt;“find[s] as a fact” discriminates against U.S. commerce&lt;/a&gt;, directly or indirectly, by law, administrative regulation or practice, in a manner that disadvantages U.S. commerce relative to that of third countries, with the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-alcoholic-beverages/" target="_blank"&gt;duties calibrated to &lt;em&gt;offset &lt;/em&gt;the resulting burden&lt;/a&gt;. There is &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cov.com/-/media/files/corporate/publications/2016/12/law360_the_presidents_long_forgotten_power_to_raise_tariffs.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;no public record of tariffs actually imposed under the provision since at least 1949&lt;/a&gt;. The provision was conceived for a world of bilateral tariff bargaining, before the GATT, before MFN as a multilateral norm, before trade agreements with built-in dispute settlement, and its anachronisms are now glaring:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“Discrimination” is undefined&lt;/strong&gt;. In a world of MFN obligations, preferential agreements that discriminate by design (every FTA treats parties better than non-parties, that is the point), and treaty-sanctioned countermeasures, the term is doing enormous unexamined work. The measures Washington complains of are themselves responses to prior U.S. tariffs, many imposed in violation of CUSMA. Whether lawful countermeasures can constitute “discrimination” under a 1930 statute is, to put it gently, open.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The dairy grievance has already been litigated, under CUSMA&lt;/strong&gt;. The United States twice challenged Canada’s dairy TRQ allocation practices under CUSMA Chapter 31. The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/enforcement/USMCA/Canada Dairy TRQ Final Panel Report.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;first panel (2021) found&lt;/a&gt; Canada’s process of reserving TRQ pools inconsistent with the agreement. Canada revised its practices, and the second panel (2023) &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/Final Report of the Panel as issued.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;largely rejected&lt;/a&gt; the renewed U.S. claims. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-dairy/" target="_blank"&gt;The dairy Proclamation&lt;/a&gt; thus recasts, as unilateral “discrimination,” a grievance the U.S. pursued through the agreed mechanism and substantially lost. The comparison to EU access under CETA misses the mark: differential treatment across trade agreements is what trade agreements do.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The provincial dimension&lt;/strong&gt;. The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/07/imposing-additional-duties-to-offset-canadian-discrimination-against-the-commerce-of-the-united-states-with-respect-to-alcoholic-beverages/" target="_blank"&gt;alcoholic-beverages Proclamation&lt;/a&gt; attributes to “Canada” the demarketing decisions of provincial liquor monopolies. State attribution of sub-federal measures is familiar terrain in trade law. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.wto.org/english/docs_e/legal_e/10-24.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;GATT Article XXIV:12&lt;/a&gt; and CUSMA both address it through undertakings to engage in consultations in such circumstances. A presidential “finding of fact” that sweeps in the purchasing decisions of provincial Crown retailers, without any collaborative discussion or investigative process, compounds the statute’s core due-process problem.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The ITC’s role has never been tested&lt;/strong&gt;. Section 338 sits in the part of the Tariff Act concerning the International Trade Commission (ITC) and assigns the Commission a duty to keep itself informed of discrimination and bring matters to the President’s attention with recommendations. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.congress.gov/crs-product/R48435" target="_blank"&gt;Whether that is a procedural prerequisite or merely an advisory channel&lt;/a&gt; is unresolved. The Proclamations proceed on presidential findings alone, with no apparent ITC process.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The offset mismatch&lt;/strong&gt;. The statute directs duties calibrated to offset the burden on U.S. commerce. The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2026/07/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-imposes-additional-tariffs-on-canada/" target="_blank"&gt;White House’s own figures put the alleged injury at roughly US$5.6 billion in lost auto exports and US$582 million in alcohol&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/world/trump-canada-us-trade-tariffs-cusma-usmca-9.7276973" target="_blank"&gt;A uniform 50 per cent rate, the statutory maximum&lt;/a&gt;, applied to US$20 billion in products largely unrelated to the affected sectors sits uneasily with a remedial, offset-based design.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Implicit supersession&lt;/strong&gt;. There is a respectable argument that Section 338 was superseded by the modern, process-laden authorities Congress enacted decades later, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ustr.gov/about/policy-offices/press-office/press-releases/2026/june/ustr-makes-findings-and-proposes-action-60-section-301-investigations-relating-failures-take-action" target="_blank"&gt;Section 301 in particular, which occupies precisely the same field (foreign practices that burden or discriminate against U.S. commerce) but conditions action on USTR investigation, consultation, and findings&lt;/a&gt;. On this view, reading Section 338 as a process-free bypass renders Congress’s later procedural architecture optional.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
Prospects&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;U.S. courts&lt;/strong&gt;. Litigation is certain, and &lt;em&gt;Learning Resources&lt;/em&gt; frames it: a broad, undefined, never-used delegation invoked for sweeping economic measures is the fact pattern that attracts major-questions scrutiny. The government’s position is not without foundation. Section 338, unlike IEEPA, expressly speaks of duties, expressly caps them at 50 per cent, and expressly places the power in the hands of the President. But the missing ITC process, the elasticity of “discrimination,” the offset mismatch, and the supersession argument all offer footholds.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
For affected entities, the practical lesson of the IEEPA litigation is that real remedies may not emerge quickly from the court system. The Supreme Court vindicated the challengers in &lt;em&gt;Learning Resources&lt;/em&gt;, and yet the &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/02/us-supreme-court-decision-on-emergency-tariffs-legal-and-commercial-implications"&gt;refund mechanics remain unresolved months later&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Trade law&lt;/strong&gt;. Fifty per cent duties on originating goods are flatly inconsistent with U.S. tariff commitments under CUSMA and exceed U.S. bound rates under GATT Article II; applied to Canada alone, they raise Article I MFN questions. Expect Canada to supplement its &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/04/canada-initiates-wto-dispute-over-us-tariffs-on-automobiles-and-parts"&gt;pending WTO consultations&lt;/a&gt; and to consider CUSMA Chapter 31 proceedings, where, unlike at the WTO, panel reports cannot be appealed into the void, and where Canada’s success in the dairy TRQ disputes shows the mechanism can work. The constraint is time: panels take the better part of a year at best. The remedy is prospective, and CUSMA itself is under renegotiation, a negotiation in which these tariffs are, transparently, leverage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;The negotiating table&lt;/strong&gt;. The &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://ustr.gov/about/policy-offices/press-office/press-releases/2026/july/ambassador-greer-issues-statement-president-trump-imposing-section-338-tariffs-canada" target="_blank"&gt;USTR statement&lt;/a&gt; is explicit that Canada’s sin is retaliation: only Canada and China responded to the 2025 tariffs with countermeasures rather than negotiated deals. The Section 338 action is thus designed, at least in part, to price retaliation itself, and its embargo endgame is the threat that gives the pricing teeth. Ontario Premier Doug Ford has urged a &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/world/livestory/new-trump-tariffs-canada-us-trade-cusma-usmca-9.7277143" target="_blank"&gt;dollar-for-dollar response&lt;/a&gt;; the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.pm.gc.ca/en/news/statements/2026/07/20/statement-prime-minister-carney-united-states-administrations-intention" target="_blank"&gt;prime minister’s statement&lt;/a&gt; calls the measures a direct violation of CUSMA while signalling readiness to engage intensively. Ottawa’s dilemma is acute: the domestic politics of the past 18 months reward firmness, but Section 338’s escalation mechanism means counter-retaliation invites a finding that discrimination has “increased.” Expect Canada to pursue all three tracks at once: a calibrated response, dispute settlement and an intensified push at the CUSMA table, with the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canada.ca/en/department-finance/programs/international-trade-finance-policy/canadas-response-us-tariffs.html." target="_blank"&gt;Sept. 1 precedent&lt;/a&gt; (concede the symbolic but hold the sectoral tariffs) as the likely template.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;
What businesses should do before August 19&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The 30-day window is short, and duties attach based on the date of entry for consumption, not order, shipment or border-crossing dates for goods in transit. Canadian exporters and U.S. importers of Canadian goods should:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Map exposure against the annexes at the HTSUS line level&lt;/strong&gt;. Coverage does not always track sector intuition. Classification determinations may now determine whether a good faces a tariff of 0 or 50 per cent. See &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/04/cusma-compliance-and-its-relevance-to-the-canada-us-tariff-dispute"&gt;our overview on goods classification and CUSMA rules of origin&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Do not rely on CUSMA origin, but do not abandon it&lt;/strong&gt;. Origin provides no shelter from Section 338 duties but remains important for the Section 122 regime’s CUSMA exemption while it lasts, Canada’s countermeasures and any negotiated resolution.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Confirm the interaction with Section 232&lt;/strong&gt;. Goods subject to Section 232 duties are excluded from Section 338, an anti-stacking rule that makes scope determinations under the 232 programs, including the expanding auto-parts petitions and the &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2026/05/us-expands-tariff-offset-regime-to-medium-and-heavy-duty-vehicle-sector"&gt;offset regimes&lt;/a&gt;, newly consequential.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Accelerate entries where commercially feasible&lt;/strong&gt;. Goods entered before 12:01 a.m. ET on Aug. 19 escape the duties. Warehouse withdrawals count as entries. Inventory sitting in bonded warehouses should be evaluated now.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Review contracts and pricing&lt;/strong&gt;. Tariff-allocation clauses, price-adjustment mechanisms, hardship and &lt;em&gt;force majeure&lt;/em&gt; provisions, and Incoterms determine who bears a 50 per cent duty. Revisit both existing agreements and templates and, as we have advised since &lt;a href="/fr/insights/2025/03/canada-us-tariff-war-resumes"&gt;the first round&lt;/a&gt;, build express tariff language into new contracts rather than litigating silence later.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preserve refund rights from the first entry&lt;/strong&gt;. Document duty payments, monitor liquidation, and consider protests.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Monitor Ottawa&lt;/strong&gt;. Canadian counter-measures, remission frameworks (with their two-ground test and documentary template), and support programs have followed every previous round of U.S. action. Businesses that assembled remission files in 2025 should keep them current; those that did not should start.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Engage&lt;/strong&gt;. CUSMA consultations, remission processes, and any U.S. comment opportunities are channels through which affected businesses shaped outcomes in earlier rounds, including the September 1 removals and the exclusion architecture itself.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/international-trade-and-investment"&gt;BLG’s International Trade and Investment group&lt;/a&gt; is monitoring the annexes, the litigation, and any Canadian response, and has advised clients through every phase of this dispute, including on origin qualification, remission requests, classification and scope determinations, contractual risk allocation, and refund preservation. For assistance, contact any member of our team, and follow developments on our &lt;a href="/fr/insights/perspectives/tariffs-and-trade-resource-centre"&gt;Tariffs and Trade Resource Centre&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href="/fr/insights/perspectives/the-tariff-home-companion-season-2"&gt;The Tariff Home Companion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; podcast.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{4B588997-E435-4B2F-90C6-1801A512A977}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/cross-examining-receivers-monitors-and-trustees-in-alberta-insolvency-proceedings</link><title>Cross-examining receivers, monitors and trustees in Alberta insolvency proceedings: An exceptional remedy</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Court-appointed  receivers, monitors and trustees play a central role in Canadian insolvency  proceedings. As officers of the court, they are expected to act independently  and impartially, and in accordance with their statutory and court-ordered  duties. Given this role, a recurring question in Alberta insolvency practice is  whether parties may cross-examine a court officer on the contents of a report.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There  is a clear general principle in Alberta: receivers, monitors and trustees are  not ordinarily subject to cross-examination on their reports, and any such  examination is exceptional rather than routine. Courts retain discretion to  permit questioning where circumstances warrant, but applicants must demonstrate  a legitimate and compelling basis for doing so.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The general  rule: Cross-examination is  exceptional&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alberta  courts have consistently recognized that receivers and monitors are officers of  the court whose neutrality should be protected. As a result, they are not  generally subject to questioning absent unusual or exceptional circumstances.  In &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ab/abca/doc/2026/2026abca123/2026abca123.html?resultId=undefined&amp;searchId=2026-07-14T15:28:51:410/c4cf1133d0ed42af94c5491a86508c8a" target="_blank"&gt;Coast Automotive Group Inc (Re)&lt;/a&gt;,  the Alberta Court of Appeal reaffirmed that parties seeking to examine a  monitor must establish exceptional circumstances before further questioning  will be permitted. The Court emphasized that officers of the court are entitled  to protection from irrelevant or improper questioning and that their neutrality  should not be compromised through unnecessary involvement in adversarial  disputes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This  principle reflects the broader policy objective of ensuring that court officers  can perform their duties without becoming embroiled in litigation between  stakeholders or being subjected to fishing expeditions designed to support  collateral claims.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Cross-examination  of receivers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  leading Alberta authorities concerning receivers stress that examination rights  are limited and must be tied to specific concerns about the receiver’s conduct  or reports.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ab/abqb/doc/2007/2007abqb326/2007abqb326.html?resultId=undefined&amp;searchId=2026-07-14T15:31:25:081/b699a5add67041da98341252fec73b5a" target="_blank"&gt;Re Big Sky Living Inc. (Bankrupt)&lt;/a&gt;,  the Court held that a party seeking to examine a receiver must provide cogent  or compelling reasons and identify the particular conduct at issue. Mere  dissatisfaction with a receiver’s actions or generalized allegations will not  suffice. The Court adopted the criteria in &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/on/onsc/doc/2007/2007canlii2663/2007canlii2663.html" target="_blank"&gt;Re Ravelston Corp.&lt;/a&gt;,  recognizing that a court officer may be examined in unusual circumstances,  particularly where the officer refuses to co-operate in clarifying a report or  declines to provide reasonable explanations regarding matters contained in it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Importantly,  the Court observed that formal cross-examination is often unnecessary because  clarification can frequently be achieved through less intrusive means, such as  written questions, correspondence or informal discussions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A  similar approach was taken in &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ab/abqb/doc/2004/2004abqb423/2004abqb423.html?resultId=undefined&amp;searchId=2026-07-14T15:39:40:832/053acae12e1a4176b1b8200821527346" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edmonton Region Community Board v Aboriginal Partners &amp;  Youth Society&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. There, the  Court held that only legitimate questions directed at clarifying statements in  a receiver’s reports or explaining the receiver’s conduct should be permitted.  The Court expressly cautioned against allowing examinations to become fishing  expeditions or mechanisms for disgruntled stakeholders to build claims against  the receiver. However, it acknowledged that questions genuinely aimed at  obtaining information related to statements made in a receiver’s reports may be  appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Accordingly,  while examination of a receiver is possible, Alberta courts require a focused  and demonstrably legitimate purpose before permitting it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Trustees  in bankruptcy: A slightly different framework&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trustees  in bankruptcy stand in a somewhat different position because the &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ca/laws/stat/rsc-1985-c-b-3/latest/" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bankruptcy  and Insolvency Act&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (BIA) expressly  provides that a trustee’s report constitutes evidence on an application for a  bankrupt’s discharge. Because trustee reports may significantly influence the  outcome of a discharge hearing, courts have recognized circumstances in which  examination may be appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ab/abqb/doc/1998/1998abqb6/1998abqb6.html?resultId=undefined&amp;searchId=2026-07-14T15:53:44:698/42ae4412f4c44c6882f29973df7d4d0e" target="_blank"&gt;Klapstein, Re&lt;/a&gt;,  the Court held that a bankrupt may seek to examine a trustee pursuant to s.  163(2) of the BIA where a serious dispute exists regarding the contents of the  trustee’s report. The Court acknowledged that such examinations may be  justified when concerns have been raised in a timely and substantive manner.  Nevertheless, the Court emphasized that examination remains a matter of  judicial discretion and is not an automatic right.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thus,  although trustees may be more susceptible to examination than receivers or  monitors due to the evidentiary status of their reports, the applicant must  still establish a legitimate reason for the examination and persuade the court  that it is necessary in the circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The  Alberta authorities establish a consistent theme across receiverships and  bankruptcies: court-appointed insolvency professionals are not ordinarily  subject to cross-examination on their reports. Receivers, monitors and trustees  are officers of the court whose neutrality and independence warrant protection.  Consequently, parties seeking to examine them must demonstrate more than  disagreement with a report or a desire for broad discovery.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cross-examination  may be permitted where there are specific and exceptional circumstances, such  as a genuine need to clarify material contained in a report or to address a  serious dispute supported by particularized concerns. However, fishing  expeditions, collateral attacks and attempts to draw court officers into  adversarial disputes will generally be rejected. The governing principle  remains that examination is the exception, not the rule.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{43FE16C9-9859-4F27-AD9D-194A8557A81A}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/one-step-closer-to-harmonization-ciro-proposed-incorporated-approved-person-compensation-model</link><title>One step closer to harmonization: CIRO's proposed Incorporated Approved Person Compensation model</title><description>&lt;p&gt;The Canadian Investment Regulatory Organization (CIRO) has published &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.ciro.ca/rules-and-enforcement/consultations/rule-amendments-relating-proposed-adoption-incorporated-approved-person-compensation-option" target="_blank"&gt;rule amendments&lt;/a&gt; to harmonize advisor compensation (the Amendments). Following &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.blg.com/en/insights/2024/02/its-time-ciro-tackles-incorporated-advisors" target="_blank"&gt;CIRO’s 2024 position&lt;/a&gt; paper that consulted on three potential regulatory approaches to allow payment of advisor compensation to advisor-owned corporations for all CIRO-regulated dealer members (Dealers), the Amendments propose to adopt the Incorporated Approved Person compensation option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a material shift from the 2024 proposals, under the proposed Amendments, both ancillary activities &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; regulated Canadian financial services sector activities can be conducted by the advisor’s corporation (Incorporated Approved Person) on behalf of the sponsoring Dealer, subject to certain constraints. CIRO views the proposed Amendments as addressing the lack of flexibility, consistency and tax certainty under the current directed commission model, which will be phased out.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We encourage firms and advisors to review the potential impact of the proposed Amendments on their business model and provide feedback to CIRO by the November 6 comment deadline.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;table&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
        &lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td style="background-color: #d8d8d8; padding: 10px; margin: 10px;"&gt;
            &lt;p&gt;We invite you to &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://assets-can.mkt.dynamics.com/d47e87f5-c55c-4675-81e0-55828aeda618/digitalassets/standaloneforms/5f249cc7-a286-f111-ab0e-70a8a50d15be?readableEventId=26-SCM-NAT-Sept_22-CIRO_Approved_Person_IMG_Webinar-BD13157-Event-EN3546145348" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: #0070c0;"&gt;REGISTER&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for our webinar on &lt;strong&gt;September 22, 2026, from noon to 1 p.m. EST&lt;/strong&gt;, during which we will share additional insights on the proposed Amendments.&lt;/p&gt;
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
    &lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;What the proposed Amendments do&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The proposed Amendments are designed to harmonize CIRO’s advisor compensation rules by:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Repealing&lt;/em&gt; the directed commission arrangement option for mutual fund dealers’ client-facing Approved Persons. This option is currently available to client-facing advisors with mutual fund dealer firms or firms dually registered as both mutual fund dealers and investment fund dealers;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Retaining &lt;/em&gt;the current option for advisors to be either employees or agents of their Dealer; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Introducing&lt;/em&gt; the option that all client-facing advisors may adopt an Incorporated Approved Person arrangement with their sponsoring Dealer, which would allow permitted regulated Canadian financial services sector activities, and ancillary activities, to be carried out by the Incorporated Approved Person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While Dealers are not required to make the Incorporated Approved Person option available to their advisors, CIRO notes that there may be competitive advantages in terms of attracting and retaining talent for those Dealers who do make it available, versus Dealers that do not provide this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;What does the Incorporated Approved Person model entail?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Amendments propose the following requirements in connection with the Incorporated Approved Person model:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Who can have an Incorporated Approved Person and for what purposes?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The individual associated with the Incorporated Approved Person must be a client-facing Approved Person of the sponsoring Dealer.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Incorporated Approved Person must be registered in the required category (or exempt from registration) in the applicable Canadian jurisdictions in which it operates.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;An individual using an Incorporated Approved Person must be approved by CIRO (to ensure there is a chain of accountability between CIRO, the Dealer and the Approved Person).&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Incorporated Approved Person may only carry out activities that have been approved in advance by the Dealer, are not contrary to securities laws and do not bring the industry into disrepute. The activities are limited to being:
    &lt;ul&gt;
        &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ancillary&lt;/em&gt; to the activities performed by the Incorporated Approved Person on the Dealer’s behalf; or &lt;/li&gt;
        &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Regulated&lt;/em&gt; Canadian financial services sector activities, provided the Approved Person is a qualified individual financial services advisor in the Canadian jurisdiction where the activities are being performed, who is not prohibited from engaging in such activities.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;/ul&gt;
    &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO is requesting stakeholder feedback on the appropriate scope and prohibitions of the activities that can be performed, whether more than one client-facing Approved Person sponsored by the Dealer should be able to be employed by the Incorporated Approved Person, and any associated conflicts of interest that should be considered and managed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Relationship between Approved Person, Incorporated Approved Person and Dealer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The proposed Amendments prescribe the key terms of the written agreement that will be required between the Incorporated Approved Person, the Dealer and the individual Approved Person. However, we anticipate that tax considerations will drive the structure of these tripartite agreements and advice should be sought at the outset to ensure that the desired tax benefits are able to be realized.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO prescribes the following contents for the agreement:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Compliance with all applicable laws, securities laws and CIRO requirements (indeed, CIRO retains the discretion to require a Dealer to obtain a legal opinion in support of this compliance);&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Approved Person must conduct all securities and derivatives-related business for the Dealer through the Incorporated Approved Person;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Dealer must be responsible for supervision of the Approved Person and the activities of the Approved Person conducted for the Dealer through the Incorporated Approved Person;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Approved Person must provide disclosure to impacted clients of the nature of the incorporated advisor relationship; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The Incorporated Approved Person must obtain prior approval from the Dealer before engaging in activities other than those being conducted on behalf of the Dealer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dealers are required to supervise each Incorporated Approved Person as they would an employee, are responsible for ensuring that the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person comply with applicable laws and CIRO requirements, and are liable to clients and other third parties for the Approved Person and Incorporated Approved Person’s conduct for activities performed on behalf of the Dealer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We anticipate the adoption of an Incorporated Approved Person model will increase Dealers’ supervisory burden, as CIRO will expect adequate systems to approve, monitor and supervise Incorporated Approved Person activities and prevent unpermitted outside activities, a risk which may be greater under these new structures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We may also see an uptick in client complaints of misrepresentations related to confusion about the legal relationship among the Dealer, the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person. To mitigate this risk, Dealers will want to ensure clear and consistent client disclosure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the event that CIRO or a securities regulatory authority commences an investigation related to misconduct by the Approved Person or Incorporated Approved Person, or in the event the Dealer has reasonable grounds to believe that the Approved Person or Incorporated Approved Person has breached CIRO requirements or securities laws, the Dealer is permitted to immediately, without notice, assume direct responsibility for the impacted clients, to the exclusion of the Approved Person and Incorporated Approved Person. The Dealer is permitted to designate another qualified person to provide services to the impacted clients, and that person may receive remuneration that would otherwise have been paid to the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Legal structure of the Incorporated Approved Person&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A single Approved Person is the only permitted voting shareholder of an Incorporated Approved Person. This Approved Person must also be the sole director. The voting shareholder, as well as family members who qualify as a “related person” to the voting shareholder under the &lt;em&gt;Income Tax Act&lt;/em&gt; (Canada), can be non-voting shareholders.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Approved Persons sponsored by other Dealers, and anybody subject to sanctions, are prohibited from being a voting or non-voting shareholder of an Incorporated Approved Person.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO poses several questions about the appropriateness of these shareholder/owner limitations, including whether non-client-facing Approved Persons who meet certain criteria should be permitted to conduct business through, and own voting or non-voting shares in, the Incorporated Approved Person.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Critical tax considerations&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tax considerations will be central to the viability and structure of any Incorporated Approved Person arrangement. In particular, the written agreements among the Dealer, the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person will need to be carefully structured so that the services being compensated are properly provided through the Incorporated Approved Person and so the arrangement can withstand the security of the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) and Revenu Québec and avoid negative tax consequences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If the arrangement is off-side applicable tax rules, the consequences may not be limited to the Incorporated Approved Person: the individual Approved Person owner may be assessed personally, including where amounts paid to the Incorporated Approved Person are treated as having been directed, transferred or assigned by the individual Approved Person. The potential tax implications for the Incorporated Approved Person can be significant, including loss of deductibility of certain expenses, loss of access to favourable corporate tax rates, punitive tax treatment applicable to personal services businesses (PSB) and potential double taxation. When structured in accordance with applicable tax laws and the proposed Amendments, an Incorporated Approved Person can provide individual Approved Persons with considerable tax benefits including (i) deductions for certain expenses not available to an employee; and (ii) potential tax deferral on the income. For example, in Ontario, services income earned by an individual is subject to a tax rate of 53.53 per cent, whereas a corporation earning such income may be subject to a corporate tax rate of 12.2 (for income that qualifies for the small business deduction) or 26.5 per cent (for all other active business income). This income will be subject to further tax (at 47.74 per cent and 39.34 per cent, respectively) when paid to individual shareholders as dividends, resulting generally in tax integration when the income is ultimately distributed to the individual.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dealers and Approved Persons should seek tax advice at the outset, prior to structuring the new relationship, as the tax analysis will drive key terms of the agreements, including the persons entering each agreement, the terms of each agreement, the allocation of services, the legal and factual relationship among the parties, and the documentation needed to support the intended tax treatment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the tax considerations in Québec generally mirror the federal rules, Québec-specific issues should also be considered, including the risk of PSB treatment, which must be analyzed in light of the Québec &lt;em&gt;Taxation Act&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;Civil Code of Québec&lt;/em&gt;. Moreover, Revenu Québec has repeatedly indicated that its concern is not the commission-sharing arrangement itself, but rather determining who is legally entitled to the remuneration based on the parties’ contractual arrangements. On that basis, Revenu Québec has audited a number of mutual fund advisors who allocated commission income to their corporations (using the ‘directed commission’ model), taking the view that the income remained personally attributable to the advisor for tax purposes. Whether this position will be revisited following CIRO’s proposed Amendments remains uncertain. Several reassessments issued by Revenu Québec are currently under objection and are being held for review by a Revenu Québec officer pending the outcome of a similar case before the Québec court.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Practical implications of the proposed Amendments&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;New corporations&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When evaluating whether and how to make Incorporated Approved Person arrangements available, Dealers and advisors will want to assess:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Whether the tripartite agreement between the Dealer, the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person will permit each party to have the desired level of control or flexibility.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;The cost, resources, and other practicalities of structuring the arrangement in a way that is compliant with both securities regulatory expectations and tax requirements.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;While the proposed Amendments are intended to provide greater flexibility for Approved Persons, the parties will need to carefully manage the allocation of risk and responsibility among the Dealer, the Approved Person and the Incorporated Approved Person. In particular, Dealers may face increased regulatory and litigation exposure as a result of being required to supervise the activities of an Incorporated Approved Person. Disputes could also arise over whether conduct was Dealer-related or whether it was outside of the Dealer-approved scope of activities for the Incorporated Approved Person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Existing mutual fund dealer directed commission structures&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Existing directed commission structures for representatives of mutual fund dealers will need to be assessed to determine:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Whether existing share ownership and director structures align with the requirements in the proposed Amendments.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;How to restructure the existing corporation to comply with the proposed Amendments in a manner that is tax efficient.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Whether CIRO is proposing a sufficient transition period and transition guidance (given the remaining ambiguities) for existing directed commission corporations to become compliant Incorporated Approved Person arrangements.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;CSA registrants: Portfolio managers and EMDs too?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the Amendments are not proposed to apply to CSA-registered portfolio managers or exempt market dealers, such registrants should consider whether to advocate for the inclusion of a non-individual registration category being equally available to them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The path ahead&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We see a lengthy path ahead before the proposed Amendments can be enacted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The extent of the Canada Securities Administrators’ (CSA) support for the proposed Amendments is as-yet unknown. Changes to securities law will be required, including to the securities legislation of various Canadian jurisdictions (Acts) and to National Instrument 31-103 – &lt;em&gt;Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations&lt;/em&gt; (NI 31-103) to allow for advisor-owned Incorporated Approved Persons to carry out registrable activities and impose the corresponding regulatory obligations. Changes to the Acts will require provincial and/or territorial legislative changes by the relevant government, while changes to NI 31-103 will require public consultation, evaluation of the feedback, publication of finalized amendments and ministerial approvals. Currently, it is unclear whether changes to the Acts and NI 31-103 will (i) create an exemption from registration for Incorporated Approved Persons that carry out securities-related activities or, (ii) establish a new, less burdensome, non-individual registration category for Incorporated Approved Persons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CIRO poses transition period questions in the proposed Amendments. Stakeholders will want to consider the extent of the efforts required to restructure, draft and negotiate these arrangements, as well as repaper policies and procedures to address the new requirements, and other considerations, to assess the sufficiency of the transition time proposed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We urge Dealers and advisors to carefully consider how these proposed Amendments will apply to them and to provide suggestions and comments to CIRO by the November 6 comment deadline.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{4E73656B-E7FE-4F00-B29F-9A584DD41475}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/the-supreme-court-clarifies-canadas-methods-of-medical-treatment-doctrine</link><title>The Supreme Court clarifies Canada’s methods of medical treatment doctrine</title><description>&lt;p&gt;On July 17, 2026, the Supreme Court of Canada released its long-awaited decision in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://decisions.scc-csc.ca/scc-csc/scc-csc/en/item/21581/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;Pharmascience Inc. v. Janssen Inc.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://decisions.scc-csc.ca/scc-csc/scc-csc/en/item/21581/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;, 2026 SCC 26&lt;/a&gt;, providing the most significant guidance in decades on the patentability of methods of medical treatment in Canada. While the Court ultimately upheld Janssen's patent, which the Court characterized as being for dosing regimens for formulations used to treat schizophrenia, the broader significance of the decision lies in its clarification of how subject matter should be assessed to determine if it defines non-patentable methods of medical treatment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;The evolution of the method of medical treatment doctrine&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Unlike many exclusions from patentability, the prohibition of patenting methods of medical treatment (MMT) does not appear anywhere in the &lt;em&gt;Patent Act&lt;/em&gt;. Instead, it emerged through the common law, most notably from the Supreme Court's decision in &lt;em&gt;Tennessee Eastman&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Tennessee Eastman&lt;/em&gt;, the Court held that a surgical method did not constitute patentable subject matter because it related to the exercise of professional skill rather than an “art” within the meaning of the &lt;em&gt;Patent Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Over the decades that followed, that reasoning expanded beyond surgical procedures, and Courts were increasingly asked whether therapeutic methods involving pharmaceuticals likewise crossed the line into unpatentable subject matter. While a new drug could constitute patentable subject matter, greater difficulty arose where patents claimed how a drug should be administered, particularly where treatment depended on dosage adjustments, treatment schedules, or patient-specific considerations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In attempting to distinguish patentable pharmaceutical inventions from unpatentable methods of medical treatment, the Canadian Courts considered a variety of recurring factors when attempting to assess if a claim required the exercise of professional skill and judgement, including:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;whether the claim recited a fixed dosage regimen or a range requiring adjustment;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;whether treatment required ongoing individualized clinical decision-making; and&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;whether the claimed invention more closely resembled a vendible product than the exercise of a professional medical skill.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The difficulty was that professional skill and judgement is not referred to in the &lt;em&gt;Patent Act &lt;/em&gt;itself and no single factor led to a comprehensive legal framework.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;The dispute before the Supreme Court&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The present dispute arose with respect to Janssen’s Canadian Patent No. 2,655,335, whose claims recite specific dosage regimens for paliperidone used in the treatment of schizophrenia. The patent teaches a dosing schedule involving the administration of particular loading and maintenance doses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Federal Court in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ca/fct/doc/2022/2022fc1218/2022fc1218.html?resultId=4a56ee4fa3554753aae4b3a977d7cb95&amp;searchId=2026-07-17T18:18:36:865/85f8ad700994462bb215c79bbd3ca90a" target="_blank"&gt;Janssen Inc. v. Pharmascience Inc.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.canlii.org/en/ca/fct/doc/2022/2022fc1218/2022fc1218.html?resultId=4a56ee4fa3554753aae4b3a977d7cb95&amp;searchId=2026-07-17T18:18:36:865/85f8ad700994462bb215c79bbd3ca90a" target="_blank"&gt;, 2022 FC 1218&lt;/a&gt; recognized that the existing jurisprudence related to methods of medical treatment had largely developed around a distinction between fixed and variable dosing regimens. Under that line of inquiry, claims directed to specific dosage amounts and fixed administration schedules were generally considered patentable subject matter, whereas claims requiring a physician to select a dose or treatment schedule from within a range were more likely to be characterized as unpatentable methods of medical treatment. Although the Federal Court questioned the theoretical foundation of this dichotomy, it acknowledged that this remained the prevailing state of the law.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Federal Court of Appeal (FCA) in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://decisions.fca-caf.gc.ca/fca-caf/decisions/en/item/521342/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;Pharmascience Inc. v Janssen Inc.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://decisions.fca-caf.gc.ca/fca-caf/decisions/en/item/521342/index.do" target="_blank"&gt;, 2024 FCA 23&lt;/a&gt; held, and what ultimately became the guiding rule until now, was that the fixed versus variable dosage distinction was not the correct test. Rather, the proper inquiry was whether use of the invention (not whether to use it) required the exercise of skill and judgement. Importantly, the Court of Appeal acknowledged that this assessment inherently turned on the particular claims and evidence in each case.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the heart of Pharmascience's appeals was the contention that Janssen's patented dosing regimen crossed the line from a patentable pharmaceutical innovation into an unpatentable method of medical treatment that attempted to monopolize a physician’s judgement on “how” and “when” to administer the drugs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Supreme Court’s analysis&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before turning to Janssen's patent itself, the Supreme Court addressed the broader question: Are methods of medical treatment non-patentable subject matter under Canadian law?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The Court's answer was unequivocal.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the opening paragraphs of the decision, the Court repeatedly characterized the doctrine as settled Canadian law. For more than fifty years, Canadian courts have consistently treated methods of medical treatment as unpatentable subject matter, and the Court emphasized that no Canadian court has held otherwise. In language rarely seen on a question of patent doctrine, the Court noted that it was being asked to "disrupt this settled law" and declined to do so.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Importantly, the Court rejected Janssen's submission that the MMT doctrine disappeared with the repeal of former section 41(1) of the &lt;em&gt;Patent Act&lt;/em&gt;. The Court concluded that the doctrine has been reaffirmed repeatedly by subsequent jurisprudence, is rooted in the broader principle that professional skills are not patentable and has become an established part of Canadian patent law independent of the former statutory provision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In doing so, the Court effectively closed the door on arguments that the prohibition on methods of medical treatment ceased to exist as a distinct exclusion following the repeal of former section 41(1) of the &lt;em&gt;Patent Act&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Adopting the Federal Court of Appeal's framework for methods of medical treatment&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Neither Pharmascience nor Janssen succeeded with their competing positions. Instead, the Court expressly endorsed the framework previously articulated by the Federal Court of Appeal, describing it as a "balanced approach" grounded in the purpose of the doctrine itself.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under that approach, the ultimate question remains whether the claimed subject matter amounts to professional medical skill and judgment. Put differently, the inquiry is whether the claim seeks to "fence in" an area of medical practice.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court emphasized that this assessment begins with purposive claim construction and focuses on the “real subject matter of the claim.”&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; Citing the Federal Court of Appeal, the Supreme Court emphasized that what matters in this part of the analysis is substance, not form.&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Professional skill and judgement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the most significant aspect of the decision appears in the Court's discussion of professional skill and judgment.&lt;sup&gt;7&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Court drew a distinction between whether a claimed invention amounts to professional medical skill and judgement, or whether professional medical skill and judgement would be used in &lt;em&gt;selecting&lt;/em&gt; the invention for a particular use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By way of example, the Court stated that a medical professional prescribing a drug to a patient exercised clinical judgement in deciding &lt;em&gt;whether&lt;/em&gt; it was appropriate, but that does not itself make the drug unpatentable. Rather, it is the prescribing decision that is the unpatentable subject matter. Further, once selected, a medical professional may still need to monitor a patient and decide whether to continue, stop or alter treatment. The Court affirmed that the mere existence of those decisions does not render the treatment unpatentable subject matter.&lt;sup&gt;8&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;The test for methods of medical treatment&lt;sup&gt;9&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The most significant contribution of the decision may be the Supreme Court's clarification of how the methods of medical treatment doctrine is to be applied. Although the Court declined to draw a bright line between patentable medical innovations and unpatentable methods of medical treatment, it endorsed the Federal Court of Appeal's approach and identified three key considerations to guide the analysis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First&lt;/strong&gt;, the need for professional skill and judgement in determining whether a treatment is appropriate for a patient will generally not affect its patentability. The decision to prescribe a treatment is distinct from the invention itself.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second&lt;/strong&gt;, the more a claimed invention requires tailoring to the circumstances of individual patients, the more likely it is to amount to a method of medical treatment. Conversely, inventions capable of broad application without individualized adjustment are less likely to constitute methods of medical treatment.&lt;sup&gt;10&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="margin-left: 40px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Third&lt;/strong&gt;, the analysis must remain connected to the rationale underlying the doctrine. The more a medical professional would naturally develop, refine, or improve the subject matter through ordinary professional practice, the more likely it is that the subject matter is a non-patentable method of medical treatment.&lt;sup&gt;11&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Importantly, the Court emphasized that these are not bright-line rules. Rather, they are guideposts in what the Court repeatedly described as a "factually suffused" inquiry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Moving beyond the fixed-versus-variable dosage debate&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Endorsing the Federal Court of Appeal's approach, the Court held that the fixed-versus-variable dosage distinction "skirts the ultimate issue" and is, at best, an evidentiary proxy for the real inquiry of whether the claimed invention amounts to professional medical skill and judgment.&lt;sup&gt;12&lt;/sup&gt; A variable dosage regime is therefore not inherently unpatentable, nor is a fixed dosage regimen automatically patentable, subject matter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Application to Janssen’s Patent&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applying these principles, the Court concluded that the subject matter of Janssen's claimed invention did not amount to professional medical skill and judgment. The claimed subject matter did not require the kind of individualized clinical decision-making that characterizes an unpatentable method of medical treatment. The claims therefore remained patentable subject matter, and the appeal was dismissed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Implications&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Supreme Court’s decision confirms that methods of medical treatment remain excluded from patentable subject matter in Canada. At the same time, the Court held that a claim is not unpatentable merely because it concerns variable dosages or timing. The analysis remains fact-specific and turns on the substance of the claim, including whether implementing the claimed subject matter requires a physician or other health professional to exercise individualized skill and judgment. Claim form may be relevant to that assessment, but the decision does not suggest that form alone is determinative. &lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{8DDD8349-1278-49EC-8F36-6D9F4ED0651B}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/bill-c-31-proposes-major-defence-production-act-changes-affecting-canadian-defence-procurement</link><title>Le projet de loi C-31 propose des modifications à la Loi sur la production de défense et l’approvisionnement en défense</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Le  3 juin 2026, la Chambre des communes a terminé la deuxième lecture du  projet de loi C-31, &lt;em&gt;Loi n&lt;sup&gt;o&lt;/sup&gt; 2 d’exécution du budget de  2025&lt;/em&gt; (projet de loi C-31), qui passera maintenant à l’examen du Comité  sénatorial permanent des finances nationales. En plus de nombreux changements à  la stratégie canadienne d’approvisionnement en matière de défense, le projet de  loi C-31 prévoit des modifications à la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur la production de  défense&lt;/em&gt;, L.R.C. 1985, ch. D-1 (la LPD)&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; Les  changements proposés témoignent de l’importance que le Canada accorde à la  défense et à la sécurité. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;I. Changements dans les définitions et la portée –  Gouvernement associé et services de défense&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 propose notamment de modifier des définitions clés de  la LPD, ce qui, du même coup, modifiera la portée de la loi. Globalement,  les modifications visent à reconnaître des fonctions de défense et de sécurité  lorsque le Canada participe à des initiatives de défense coopératives avec des  gouvernements alliés « associés », ce qui vise maintenant  expressément l’Union européenne et ses États membres. Elles élargissent aussi  considérablement la définition de « service de défense », qui englobe  tout ce qui est nécessaire ou utilisé pour la défense ou la sécurité nationales  et tout ce qui est utilisé pour la production ou la fourniture de tels  services. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plus  précisément, on propose : &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol start="1" style="list-style-type: decimal;"&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;de modifier la       définition de « gouvernement associé » de façon à ce qu’elle       englobe les gouvernements ou les organisations internationales partenaires       en règle de l’OTAN ainsi que l’Union européenne et ses États membres&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;d’élargir la       définition de « ouvrage de défense » de façon à ce qu’elle       englobe les ouvrages relatifs à des communautés résidentielles situées sur       des immeubles fédéraux et, de façon générale, les ouvrages « requis       pour la sécurité nationale »&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;d’élargir la       définition de « contrat de défense » de façon à ce qu’elle       englobe les contrats conclus avec le gouvernement du Canada, ou avec un       gouvernement associé, et qui porte « de quelque façon » sur des       services de défense&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;d’ajouter une       définition pour le terme « service de défense » englobant tout       ce qui est requis ou utilisé en lien avec la défense ou la sécurité       nationales ou avec des efforts concertés pour la défense ou la sécurité       menés par le Canada et un gouvernement associé, les embarcations et tout       ce qui est utilisé pour la production de ces choses&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;II. Pouvoirs du ministre&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aux  termes de la version actuelle de la LPD, le « ministre »  autorisé à agir en lien avec celle-ciest le ministre des Travaux  publics et des Services gouvernementaux&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt;. Le  projet de loi C-31 propose que cela demeure le cas relativement à la  partie 2 de la loi (qui concerne la réglementation de l’accès aux  marchandises contrôlées), mais que, relativement à la partie 1 (qui  concerne la fourniture de matériel de défense), il s’agisse du ministre désigné  en vertu de l’article 3 de la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur l’Agence de l’investissement pour  la défense&lt;/em&gt;, une nouvelle loi que le projet de loi 31 propose d’édicter&lt;sup&gt;7&lt;/sup&gt;.  Cet autre ministre n’est pas nommé, mais il serait désigné par décret du  gouverneur en conseil&lt;sup&gt;8&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 dispose aussi que les attributions conférées par la LPD ont préséance sur la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur le ministère des Travaux publics et des  Services gouvernementaux&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;9&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’article 312  du projet de loi clarifie les attributions du ministre, qui peut par ailleurs,  avec l’autorisation du gouverneur en conseil, prendre pour le compte d’un  gouvernement associé toute mesure que la loi l’habilite à prendre&lt;sup&gt;10&lt;/sup&gt;.  Cette disposition vise certainement les futurs partenariats en défense, comme  l’&lt;em&gt;Accord entre l’Union européenne et le Canada concernant la participation  au titre de l’Instrument SAFE&lt;/em&gt;.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  ministre peut aussi prélever sur le Trésor jusqu’à un milliard de dollars en  lien avec (1) l’accumulation de stocks, (2) de l’aide financière et  (3) l’acquisition de services de défense, de matériel de défense et  d’ouvrages de défense&lt;sup&gt;11&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;III. Demandes de renseignements et accumulation de stocks&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  ministre peut demander de l’information sur le matériel de défense et les  services de défense qu’une personne fournit ou envisage de fournir, notamment  sur la source d’approvisionnement et sur les installations qui sont à la  disposition de la personne qui fournit le matériel ou les services ou construit  les ouvrages de défense&lt;sup&gt;12&lt;/sup&gt;.  Ce type de demande peut être adressée à quiconque fournit des services de  défense ou dont les activités commerciales sont susceptibles de convenir à la  fourniture de services de défense&lt;sup&gt;13&lt;/sup&gt;.  Auparavant, ces demandes étaient limitées aux personnes fournissant du matériel  de défense ou des ouvrages de défense&lt;sup&gt;14&lt;/sup&gt; –  elles peuvent maintenant également viser les personnes qui fournissent des  services de défense, dont la définition est très large.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  ministre peut aussi accumuler des matières désignées dans plus de  circonstances. Avant, l’accumulation de stocks était limitée aux matières  désignées par le gouverneur en conseil comme étant indispensables aux besoins  de la collectivité pour en prévenir la pénurie. Le projet de loi C-31  élargit ce pouvoir à toute chose qui est « indispensable aux besoins  nationaux ou à ceux d’une collectivité au Canada ou ailleurs ou d’un  gouvernement associé » en lien avec la défense nationale, la sécurité  nationale et la sécurité économique&lt;sup&gt;15&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;IV. Approvisionnement en défense&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plusieurs  nouvelles dispositions et modifications touchent les fournisseurs potentiels  des processus d’approvisionnement en matière de défense. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;a. Aide financière&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 propose d’élargir le pouvoir du ministre d’offrir de  l’aide financière à des fins liées à la production, à l’approvisionnement ou  aux investissements relativement à la défense nationale, ainsi qu’à des fins  liées à du matériel de défense, à des services de défense ou à des ouvrages de  défense et pour l’accumulation de stocks. Il peut s’agir de consentir des  prêts, de faire des paiements anticipés, d’accorder des subventions ou des  contributions, ou de conclure d’autres accords de nature financière, avec  l’autorisation du gouverneur en conseil&lt;sup&gt;16&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;b. Renseignements sur l’entreprise&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 confirme qu’aucun renseignement recueilli sur une  entreprise dans le cadre de la loi ne peut être communiqué sans consentement,  sauf à un ministère qui en a besoin pour l’accomplissement de ses fonctions,  aux fins de poursuite pour une infraction à la loi ou aux fins de toute autre  procédure judiciaire (avec le consentement du ministre)&lt;sup&gt;17&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;c. Exception relative à la sécurité nationale&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 confirme que l’exception relative à la sécurité  nationale peut être invoquée en lien avec un accord ayant trait au commerce  intérieur ou international auquel le Canada est partie&lt;sup&gt;18&lt;/sup&gt;.  Parmi les accords pertinents se trouvent l’&lt;em&gt;Accord de libre-échange canadien&lt;/em&gt; (pour le commerce intérieur), &lt;em&gt;l’Accord économique et commercial global entre  le Canada et l’Union européenne&lt;/em&gt; et l’&lt;em&gt;Accord sur les marchés publics&lt;/em&gt; de l’Organisation mondiale du commerce.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De  façon générale, l’exception relative à la sécurité nationale permet au Canada  de déroger aux procédures normales d’un processus d’approvisionnement afin de  protéger des intérêts de sécurité nationale (par exemple :  approvisionnement non concurrentiel, restriction des protections procédurales  offertes aux fournisseurs potentiels ou des recours possibles). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;d. Approvisionnement concurrentiel en défense&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même  s’il confirme que l’exception relative à la sécurité nationale peut être  invoquée, le projet de loi C-31 prévoit aussi une exigence générale  obligeant le ministre à mener un processus d’approvisionnement concurrentiel  avant de conclure un contrat, sous réserve de certaines exceptions&lt;sup&gt;19&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Un  processus concurrentiel n’est par exemple pas requis : &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats visant à répondre à un besoin  opérationnel urgent; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;lorsque l’omission est nécessaire pour conduire des  opérations militaires, en lien avec des ouvrages de défense essentiels ou pour  veiller à la sécurité nationale; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;lorsqu’il est question de soutenir un secteur de  l’économie du Canada qui est important pour la défense nationale, pour la  sécurité nationale ou pour la sécurité économique; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats visant du matériel ou des services  de défense qui sont interopérables ou interchangeables avec du matériel, des  services ou des ouvrages de défense du Canada ou d’un gouvernement associé; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats visant une technologie sensible; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats qu’une seule personne est en mesure  d’exécuter; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats qui, pour des raisons  opérationnelles, visent à combler un besoin provisoire; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats afférents aux contrats visant à  combler un besoin provisoire; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats visant la recherche, le  développement et l’innovation concernant du matériel ou des services de  défense; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats visant du matériel ou des services  de défense ayant fait l’objet de financement du Canada pour la recherche, le  développement ou l’innovation; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;pour les contrats devant être conclus avec une entité  administrative, aux termes d’un accord ou d’un arrangement avec une entité  administrative ou en vertu d’une procédure d’une organisation internationale  dont le Canada est membre; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;lorsqu’une exception prévue par un règlement pris en  vertu de la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur la gestion des finances publiques&lt;/em&gt; s’applique; &lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;lorsqu’un règlement le prescrit. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Même  en l’absence d’exception, le ministre peut exclure toute personne d’un  processus d’approvisionnement concurrentiel s’il a des motifs raisonnables de  croire qu’elle ou toute chose qu’il est proposé d’employer pose un risque pour  la défense ou la sécurité nationales ou pour la sécurité publique. Il n’est pas  tenu de fournir à la personne ainsi exclue les motifs de cette décision. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;V. Règlements et examens futurs&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  gouverneur en conseil peut prendre des règlements, notamment au sujet des  pouvoirs d’accumulation de stocks du ministre, de la fourniture de  renseignements sur les coûts des contrats d’approvisionnement et de la  procédure des processus d’approvisionnement concurrentiels, et pour fixer des  conditions réputées faire partie intégrante des contrats d’approvisionnement en  défense. Des règlements peuvent aussi prévoir d’autres détails et définitions  pour les exceptions aux processus d’approvisionnement concurrentiels, par  exemple sur le sens de « besoin opérationnel urgent », de  « technologie sensible » et de contrat avec une « entité  administrative »&lt;sup&gt;20&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  ministre serait tenu de procéder à un examen de la loi dans les trois ans  suivant l’entrée en vigueur et de soumettre un rapport au Parlement&lt;sup&gt;21&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;VI. Incidences des modifications à la LPD proposées  par le projet de loi C-31&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  modifications proposées par le projet de loi C-31 n’ont pas encore été  adoptées. Au moment de rédiger cet article, la deuxième lecture du projet de  loi à la Chambre des communes était terminée et le projet était dans les mains  du Comité sénatorial permanent des finances nationales. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On  peut tout de même penser dès maintenant aux répercussions qu’elles auront sur  les secteurs de la défense et de la fabrication de biens à double usage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;a. Meilleur accès au marché et plus de       processus d’approvisionnement avec des gouvernements associés&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’ajout  des gouvernements et des organisations internationales partenaires en règle de  l’OTAN ainsi que de l’Union européenne (UE) et ses États membres à la  définition de « gouvernement associé » est un signal clair de la  volonté d’accentuer la coopération industrielle et de défense entre les alliés  transatlantiques. Cette proposition s’ajoute à l’accord récent entre le Canada  et l’UE donnant aux entreprises canadiennes un accès privilégié aux processus  d’acquisition en défense financés au titre de l’instrument Security Action for  Europe (SAFE).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De  nouvelles occasions pourraient ainsi se présenter dans le secteur de la  défense, particulièrement pour ce qui est d’accéder et de participer à des  processus d’approvisionnement multinationaux et à des chaînes  d’approvisionnement intégrées au titre de modèles comme l’instrument SAFE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cela  dit, la participation aux processus d’approvisionnement menés par des alliés ou  l’UE vient avec un lot de considérations réglementaires complexes. En plus des  exigences canadiennes relatives à la sécurité nationale, à l’examen des  investissements et à l’approvisionnement, les entreprises feront face à des  attentes plus élevées en matière de conformité, d’interopérabilité et  d’autorisation de sécurité. Selon la structure du processus  d’approvisionnement, elles pourraient aussi être assujetties aux exigences des  régimes d’approvisionnement et de sécurité du gouvernement allié. Il faudra  savoir respecter ces cadres pour profiter des avantages de l’accès élargi au  marché.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;b. Portée élargie : services de défense&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comme  l’application de la LPD a été élargie aux « services de  défense » en plus du « matériel de défense » et des  « ouvrages de défense », et à un plus grand nombre d’ouvrages liés à  la défense, plus d’entités (y compris des fournisseurs de services, des  entreprises du secteur des technologies et des fabricants de biens à double  usage) ont accès à des processus d’approvisionnement et à des contrats régis  par la loi. Vu l’importance accrue accordée à la protection de la collectivité  et à la sécurité économique, les entreprises participant à la construction  d’infrastructures clés et œuvrant dans des secteurs névralgiques de l’économie  pourraient aussi être exposées à des occasions et à des demandes de  renseignements découlant du régime de la LPD. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Si  ces changements entrent bien en vigueur, un plus grand nombre de contrats  gouvernementaux seront qualifiés de contrats de défense régis par la LPD.  Ainsi, des entreprises qui ne sont pas habituellement considérées comme œuvrant  dans la défense ou qui fabriquent des biens à double usage pourraient devoir  donner de l’information sur leurs chaînes d’approvisionnement et leur capacité  à fournir du matériel. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  entreprises qui fournissent des services dans l’écosystème de défense, de même  que celles qui souhaitent pénétrer le secteur ou participer à des  approvisionnements en défense, doivent vérifier si leurs activités sont  maintenant visées. Une évaluation précoce et une bonne préparation sont  essentielles pour gérer un fardeau réglementaire plus lourd et plus complexe.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;c. Centralisation des pouvoirs en       approvisionnement&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’octroi  à une seule entité de larges pouvoirs pour l’encadrement de l’approvisionnement  en défense et sécurité nationale est un changement qui était fort attendu. La  préséance donnée à la LPD par rapport à la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur le ministère des  Travaux publics et des Services gouvernementaux&lt;/em&gt; est probablement le  changement le plus significatif proposé par le projet de loi C-31. Il  pourrait entraîner un changement dans le rôle que jouent le ministre des  Travaux publics et SPAC dans l’approvisionnement en défense. La centralisation  de la prise de décisions pourrait permettre de réaliser des projets plus  rapidement – surtout ceux qui sont urgents ou d’une grande importance  stratégique – tout en améliorant la coordination et la cohérence des contrats  d’approvisionnement d’envergure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ce  nouveau modèle s’accompagnera toutefois probablement de nouveaux processus  d’approbation et d’un cadre moins prévisible à court terme (le temps que les  pratiques évoluent) que les parties prenantes devront apprivoiser.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;d. Clarification de la distinction entre les       processus d’approvisionnement concurrentiels et non concurrentiels&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Si  les modifications proposées clarifient que le processus d’approvisionnement en  défense est par défaut concurrentiel, la longue liste d’exceptions – dont  certaines sont très largement formulées – laisse croire que plusieurs ne le  seront pas complètement. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La  nouvelle structure de la LPD donne toutefois des indices sur la  nécessité ou non d’un processus concurrentiel. Actuellement, l’exception  relative à la sécurité nationale est généralement invoquée dans un  approvisionnement en défense pour déroger aux exigences procédurales habituelles  visant à assurer la concurrence entre des fournisseurs potentiels. Comme la  norme est celle de l’applicabilité des exigences de concurrence, un processus  non concurrentiel doit correspondre à l’une des exceptions établies. En  évaluant la probabilité qu’une exception s’applique à un processus  d’approvisionnement donné, les fournisseurs peuvent avoir une meilleure idée du  déroulement de ce processus. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Certaines  exceptions peuvent aussi ouvrir des portes. L’une d’elles concerne le soutien  d’un secteur de l’économie canadienne lié à la défense, ce qui devrait créer  des processus d’approvisionnement qui favorisent les fournisseurs canadiens ou  excluent les fournisseurs non canadiens. Une autre concerne l’approvisionnement  en matériel ou services de défense liés à la recherche et au développement, ce  qui pourrait encourager la participation aux programmes et subventions du  Canada en R et D. Enfin, l’exception relative aux contrats conclus avec une  entité administrative ou dans le cadre d’une procédure d’une organisation  internationale pourrait faciliter des processus d’approvisionnement adaptés aux  ententes internationales et la participation de fournisseurs de contenu du  Canada et d’ailleurs, notamment au titre de l’&lt;em&gt;Accord entre l’Union  européenne et le Canada concernant la participation au titre de l’Instrument  SAFE&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  projet de loi C-31 semble indiquer que des règlements pourraient venir  préciser la portée de certaines exceptions et fixer des conditions réputées  faire partie intégrante des contrats en défense, ce qui aiderait les  fournisseurs potentiels à mieux comprendre la répartition du risque pour une  catégorie donnée de contrat. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;e. Utilisation accrue des outils de politique       industrielle&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’élargissement  des pouvoirs en matière d’aide financière (prêts, subventions, paiements  anticipés, etc.) reflète la volonté du gouvernement de s’impliquer plus  activement dans le développement industriel de la défense, particulièrement  avec des investissements directs. Les entreprises devraient se tenir à l’affût  des occasions de financement, qui viendront toutefois avec des conditions liées  aux priorités de sécurité nationale.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  prêts, subventions et paiements anticipés aideront grandement à démocratiser la  participation aux projets de défense, mais des réformes sur la répartition des  risques doivent encore être menées pour qu’il y ait une véritable adhésion dans  l’industrie. Par exemple, la réticence habituelle du Canada d’accepter une  limitation de responsabilité ou des dispositions d’indemnisation favorables aux  entrepreneurs dans les contrats est depuis longtemps une caractéristique  centrale de sa philosophie en approvisionnement. Conjuguée à la valeur élevée  et à la complexité des projets, cette approche peut créer un risque contractuel  rebutant, surtout pour les petites et moyennes entreprises.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  gouvernement fédéral a signalé son intention de moderniser son approche quant à  la répartition des risques dans l’approvisionnement en défense, mais, pour ses  principales positions sur la transmission des obligations, la limitation de  responsabilité et l’indemnisation, il est peu probable que cela passe par des  modifications législatives. Il est à parier que l’évolution se fera plutôt au  moyen des orientations stratégiques et des pratiques d’approvisionnement de  l’Agence de l’investissement pour la défense.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;f. Souplesse accrue pour l’accumulation de       stocks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le  retrait de restrictions sur les types de stocks qui peuvent être accumulés est  un signal clair que le Canada entend adopter une approche plus proactive et  stratégique quant à la résilience de la chaîne d’approvisionnement, notamment  pour ce qui est des considérations de sécurité économique. Ce changement  devrait augmenter la demande en production intérieure et soutenir des  arrangements à long terme plus prévisibles pour l’approvisionnement dans la  base industrielle de défense.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Qui  plus est, la proposition reflète un revirement dans la philosophie  traditionnelle du Canada en approvisionnement. Le gouvernement semble  repositionner l’industrie, autrefois vue principalement comme un moyen de  réaliser des projets uniques, comme un partenaire stratégique dans le  développement et le maintien à long terme des capacités souveraines en défense. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cette  approche correspond mieux à celles des proches alliés du Canada et démontre que  l’on reconnaît qu’une meilleure intégration de l’industrie est nécessaire pour  que le pays soit paré aux éventualités et à l’avant-garde des technologies. Le  Canada signale aussi son intention de mieux se positionner dans un  environnement défini par une concurrence accrue avec les adversaires de force  égale ou quasi égale où la défense nationale dépend de plus en plus de la  capacité industrielle et de la sécurité de la chaîne d’approvisionnement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;VII. Conclusion&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ensemble,  les modifications proposées représentent une véritable évolution du régime  d’approvisionnement en défense et de la politique industrielle du Canada. Elles  ne sont pas encore en vigueur, mais elles annoncent l’adoption d’une approche  plus centralisée, multifacette et axée sur la sécurité qui cadre mieux avec  celles d’alliés clés. Cela créera des occasions intéressantes pour les acteurs  du secteur, surtout sur les marchés alliés et pour le développement des  capacités intérieures, mais accentuera aussi la complexité de la réglementation  et les attentes en matière de conformité.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Les  organisations ont avantage à évaluer dès maintenant les répercussions de ces  changements sur leurs activités, leurs contrats et leurs stratégies de  croissance. Celles qui agiront vite, qui se prépareront aux nouvelles exigences  réglementaires et qui s’arrimeront aux priorités du gouvernement auront de  bonnes chances de gérer agilement la transition et de saisir les nouvelles  occasions.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">{A2B5EB37-790E-4795-A7F4-2CAFF72D81C1}</guid><link>https://www.blg.com/fr/insights/2026/07/canadas-foreign-buyer-ban-what-the-2027-expiry-signals-for-investors</link><title>Interdiction des acheteurs étrangers au Canada : Ce que l’échéance de 2027 laisse présager pour les investisseurs</title><description>&lt;p&gt;Près de quatre ans  après l’adoption de la &lt;em&gt;Loi sur l’interdiction d’achat d’immeubles  résidentiels par des non-Canadiens&lt;/em&gt; (la « Loi »), laquelle doit  échoir bientôt, le gouvernement fédéral examine différentes façons d’assouplir  ses restrictions. Si le gouvernement Carney a maintenu la décision de  l’administration précédente de prolonger l’interdiction jusqu’à la fin de 2026,  il a également annoncé son intention de rouvrir le marché aux investissements  étrangers dans certaines circonstances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Points à retenir &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;L’interdiction  pour les étrangers d’acheter une propriété résidentielle au Canada échoit en  2027, et le gouvernement Carney souhaite adopter une nouvelle approche plutôt  que prolonger les mesures actuelles.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Les  effets mesurables de Loi sont limités : les étrangers ne représentaient  que 1,1 % des acheteurs de résidences en Colombie-Britannique en 2021, et  les prix moyens de l’immobilier au Canada ont tout de même bondi de plus de  20 % pendant la période de restriction.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Le  système d’exemption à paliers de l’Australie, qui permet aux étrangers  d’investir dans des constructions neuves, des projets de réaménagement  d’envergure et des terrains vacants, fait partie des cadres dont le Canada  pourrait s’inspirer pour sa stratégie d’après 2027.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;L’État  prévoit déjà, en vertu de la Loi, des exonérations permanentes pour les  terrains vacants et certains achats liés à des projets de réaménagement, ainsi  que pour des sociétés sous contrôle étranger qui sont cotées en bourse et  constituées au Canada.&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;Les  investisseurs et les promoteurs immobiliers devraient suivre de près  l’évolution de la législation à l’approche de l’échéance de 2027, notamment  l’ajout de dérogations liées à l’offre qui permettraient de rouvrir certains  segments du marché résidentiel aux capitaux étrangers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Crise du logement au Canada :  L’interdiction a-t-elle permis de calmer le jeu?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Loi, qui empêche de  manière générale les ressortissants étrangers et les entreprises non  canadiennes d’acquérir des actifs résidentiels au Canada, fait partie des  mesures mises en place pour remédier à la grave pénurie de logements que  connaît le pays.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La Société canadienne  d’hypothèques et de logement prévoit que &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cmhc-schl.gc.ca/professionnels/marche-du-logement-donnees-et-recherche/recherche-sur-le-logement/rapports-de-recherche-en-habitation/accroitre-loffre-de-logements/penurie-logements-canada-nouveau-cadre-danalyse?ap=a1-p5" target="_blank"&gt;les mises en chantier devront  pratiquement doubler&lt;/a&gt; –  et atteindre de 380 000 à 430 000 unités par année jusqu’en 2035  – pour répondre à la demande projetée. Le gouvernement a donc cherché à limiter  le nombre d’acquéreurs étrangers, estimant qu’ils tiraient les prix vers le  haut et écartaient ainsi des acteurs canadiens du marché. Cependant, les  experts se demandent encore si le fait d’exclure les acheteurs internationaux  peut véritablement faire augmenter l’offre de logements ou améliorer  l’accessibilité.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; En 2021, l’année  précédant l’annonce de l’interdiction, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www.cbc.ca/news/business/canada-foreign-buyers-ban-jan-1-experts-1.6692706" target="_blank"&gt;les achats étrangers ne  représentaient que 1,1 % des transactions immobilières résidentielles en  Colombie-Britannique&lt;/a&gt; (une baisse de 3 % par rapport à 2017). Depuis, les prix moyens de  l’immobilier au Canada ont malgré tout &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://www03.cmhc-schl.gc.ca/hmip-pimh/en/TableMapChart/TableMatchingCriteria?GeographyType=Country&amp;GeographyId=1&amp;CategoryLevel1=New%20Housing%20Construction&amp;CategoryLevel2=Absorbed%20Unit%20Prices%20%28%24%29&amp;RowField=TIMESERIES" target="_blank"&gt;grimpé de plus de 20 %&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Peu après l’adoption  de la Loi, &lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://gazette.gc.ca/rp-pr/p2/2023/2023-04-12/html/sor-dors66-fra.html" target="_blank"&gt;l’État a assoupli ses restrictions  afin d’autoriser les non-Canadiens à acheter&lt;/a&gt; des terrains vacants et des biens immobiliers  résidentiels destinés à être réaménagés, reconnaissant ainsi le rôle que jouent  les sociétés sous contrôle étranger dans l’élargissement de l’offre de  logements et l’abordabilité.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Nouvelle approche réaliste du fédéral &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Depuis son arrivée au  pouvoir, l’administration Carney se montre pragmatique en matière  d’investissements étrangers. Le ministre du Logement, Gregor Robertson, a  indiqué que l’État voyait désormais les capitaux étrangers comme un moyen de  combler les lacunes du marché immobilier canadien&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;;  pour sa part, le gouvernement fédéral a fait savoir qu’il envisageait une  réforme fiscale pour attirer les grands investisseurs internationaux&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le décalage entre la  visée et l’effet de l’interdiction permet d’expliquer cette volte-face. La Loi  vise principalement les résidences unifamiliales à vocation spéculative, plutôt  que les grands multiplex ou les projets commerciaux d’envergure. Comme les  étrangers ne représentent qu’une faible proportion des acheteurs des propriétés  concernées, leur exclusion n’a guère contribué à remédier aux problèmes les  plus criants du marché. L’évolution des prix pendant la période de restriction  a été davantage influencée par les tendances macroéconomiques générales que par  la mise sur pause des achats étrangers. En conséquence, on envisage de plus en  plus de remplacer l’interdiction tous azimuts par des dérogations ciblées liées  à l’offre qui permettraient de canaliser les capitaux étrangers vers la  construction d’habitations, les réaménagements d’envergure et la réalisation de  projets sur des terrains vacants.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Comparaison des cadres de restriction  australien et canadien&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;L’Australie est  confrontée à une pénurie de logements similaire à celle du Canada et prévoit  construire 1,2 million de nouvelles résidences entre 2025 et 2029. Les  achats de résidences existantes par des intérêts étrangers y représentaient  32,9 % du total des transactions en 2023.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a rel="noopener noreferrer" href="https://foreigninvestment.gov.au/news-and-reports/news/changes-foreign-purchases-established-dwellings" target="_blank"&gt;Le pays a donc promulgué sa propre  interdiction le 1&lt;sup&gt;er &lt;/sup&gt;avril 2025&lt;/a&gt; pour limiter l’accès des étrangers au marché  immobilier résidentiel. Toutefois, le cadre australien prévoit certaines  exceptions, notamment : &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;les  investissements permettant d’accroître le parc de logements de plus de  20 unités;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;les  acquisitions réalisées en vue d’un réaménagement qui augmentera l’offre  commerciale d’habitations (villages de retraités, ressources d’hébergement,  résidences universitaires, etc.);&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;les achats  de constructions neuves;&lt;/li&gt;
    &lt;li&gt;les  acquisitions de terrains vacants. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La plupart des  dérogations accordées aux ressortissants étrangers en Australie sont soumises à  l’approbation d’une commission d’examen et assorties de conditions strictes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alors que  l’interdiction devait initialement prendre fin le 31 mars 2027, le  gouvernement australien l’a récemment prolongée jusqu’au  30 juin 2029; on peut donc en conclure qu’il considère ces  restrictions comme une réponse pérenne aux problèmes de logement, bien qu’il  continue à permettre les investissements dans la construction neuve et le  réaménagement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le ministre Robertson  a affirmé que le Canada pourrait adopter un cadre semblable à celui de  l’Australie après l’expiration de sa Loi en 2027, et précisé qu’il était  probable que la mise en chantier de résidences et de logements locatifs haut de  gamme fasse partie des exceptions en faveur des investisseurs étrangers. Quelle  que soit la structure retenue, le Canada semble plus enclin à adopter une  approche nuancée qu’à maintenir une interdiction élargie.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Exemptions en vigueur au Canada&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contrairement au  régime australien, où toute transaction faisant l’objet d’une dérogation doit  généralement être approuvée par une commission d’examen, la Loi canadienne  permet que des achats autrement interdits soient réalisés par certaines  catégories d’acquéreurs, sans que des autorisations au cas par cas soient  octroyées.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En outre, la Loi ne  s’applique qu’aux biens immobiliers situés dans des régions métropolitaines de  recensement ou des agglomérations de recensement, et exclut certaines  propriétés en milieu rural ainsi que des biens meubles se trouvant sur des  terrains loués. Sa définition du terme « immeuble résidentiel »  n’englobe généralement pas les grands bâtiments d’habitation non divisés en  copropriétés ni les projets d’aménagement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;En réponse aux  commentaires formulés par le secteur, le gouvernement fédéral a modifié sa Loi  en 2023 pour y soustraire les terrains vacants et certains achats liés à des  projets de réaménagement, de même que pour instaurer une exception pour les  sociétés sous contrôle étranger qui sont cotées en bourse au Canada et  constituées en vertu de la législation fédérale ou d’un régime provincial. Dans  leur ensemble, ces changements visaient à faciliter l’injection de capitaux  étrangers dans des projets de réaménagement susceptibles d’aider le  gouvernement à atteindre ses objectifs en matière de logements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;La principale  différence entre les régimes canadien et australien actuels porte sur les  constructions neuves; l’Australie permet expressément l’achat de certaines  d’entre elles, contrairement au Canada, qui limite ses dérogations aux terrains  vacants, aux projets de réaménagement et à certaines catégories d’acquéreurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Éléments à surveiller à l’approche de  la levée de l’interdiction en 2027&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le gouvernement n’a  pas encore annoncé sa décision concernant l’avenir de la Loi. Cependant, vu les  exceptions déjà admises et les récentes déclarations gouvernementales, les  investisseurs étrangers doivent s’attendre à une refonte du cadre réglementaire,  laquelle tiendra compte du type de bien immobilier et des visées d’un projet  d’aménagement, plutôt qu’à une réouverture complète du marché. Nous  continuerons de suivre de près l’évolution de la situation et mettrons cet  article à jour en conséquence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cette publication de  nature strictement générale ne constitue pas un avis juridique. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;BLG peut vous aider&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Par ses conseils  avisés, le groupe &lt;a href="/fr/services/practice-areas/commercial-real-estate"&gt;Droit immobilier commercial&lt;/a&gt; de BLG aide les promoteurs immobiliers, les  acheteurs, les entrepreneurs, les consultants, les autorités publiques et les  autres acteurs du secteur à surmonter les écueils les plus complexes entourant  la construction de logements. Pour toute question sur cet article ou sur un  projet de construction auquel vous prévoyez participer, communiquez avec les  personnes-ressources ci-dessous.&lt;/p&gt;</description><pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 00:00:00 Z</pubDate></item></channel></rss>